HARVARD UNIVERSITY Library of the Museum of Comparative Zoology Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE Vol. XCII, No. 1 THE LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA By Theodore E. White With Fourteen Plates CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A. PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM November, 1942 tttn o* Cooj^^ i**^ Zoology NOtf 20 3842 UR*' No. 1. — The Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida By Theodore E. White TABLE OF CONTEXTS Palaeontology a. Preface . b. Systematic list c. Summary Geology . a. Local details b. Paleogeography c. Environment d. Conclusions . e. Geological literature page 3 3 4 27 29 29 32 42 44 48 1. PALAEONTOLOGY PREFACE In the Spring of 1931, Mr. Clarence Simpson of the Florida State Geological Survey discovered some fragments of bone on the dump of an abandoned well on the Raeford Thomas farm, 8 miles north of Bell in Gilchrist Co., Florida. Later in the same year he opened a pit about 60 feet west of the old well. From this pit he obtained some vertebrate fossils which were studied by Dr. G. G. Simpson of the American Mu- seum of Natural History. Pure science had to give way to economic research in the Florida Survey, however, and the work in this area was set aside for an indefinite period. In 1938, Dr. Thomas Barbour, who had spotted the specimens in the Museum of the Florida Survey in Tallahassee, was given permission to continue the excavation. The next year, accompanied by Mr. and Mrs. William E. Schevill, he found and reopened the site and obtained some additional material. The Museum of Comparative Zoology has worked at this locality each year since, and plans to do so as long as the returns justify the expendi- tures. From the beginning the Museum has enjoyed the cordial co- operation of the Florida State Geological Survey. 4 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology I would like to call attention to Dr. Thomas Barbour's contribution to science in this enterprise. He initiated the reopening of the quarry and has been an enthusiastic supporter from the beginning. Credit is due, not so much that he gambled and won, but that he continued to gamble, in the face of adverse returns, on a project in which he had faith, for the results of the first year's work were not reassuring, nor were those of the second. It was not till the third year that the richness of the deposit and the scientific value of the fauna became apparent. In 1940 Dr. Barbour bought forty acres of land about the location of the excavation on the Thomas Farm from the Georgia Loan and Trust Co. in Macon, Georgia, which years ago had foreclosed a mortgage on the property. This land has now been deeded to the University of Florida at Gainesville under certain stipulations concerning its use by representatives of Harvard University, the University of Florida, or the State Geological Survey. Acknowledgment is also due to the Com- mittee on the Milton Fund of Harvard University as well as to those of the Marsh Fund and the Bache Fund of the National Academy of Sciences for grants which have cared for part of the expenses in connec- tion with the excavations and the preparation of the material. Many helpful suggestions on the local geology and the paleogeo- graphy have been given by Prof. P. E. Raymond, Mr. H. C. Stetson, and Mr. Frank Whitmore. The intelligent observations of specimens during preparation have made Mr. Russell Olsen's contribution very much more than an exhibi- tion of manual skill. The superior quality of the graphic art of Mr. Eugene N. Fischer has portrayed the characters of the specimens much better than many printed pages. The citations to literature relative to the fauna are given in the text. That prior to 1935 is given by year and letter corresponding to that in the published bibliographies. For material written since that date full reference is given. SYSTEMATIC LIST CARNIVORA The Carnivora range in size from a small mustelid, no larger than a weasel, to the huge Amphicyon, as large as a grizzly. To date six genera, embracing eight species, have been identified. At least half as many more species are represented by material which will not permit even generic identification. white: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA o MUSTELIDAE Mephititaxus ancipidens White Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 18, p. 92, PI. 14, figs. 1 and 2, 1942. Unfortunately no additional material referable to this species has been found. In addition to this form, four genera of Mustelidae are known from fragmentary material. Two of the genera are represented by lower jaws without teeth and two by lower carnassials which cannot fit either of the jaws. Also there are three isolated first upper molars which may or may not represent one of the above genera. CANIDAE Daphaenus caroniavorus spec. nov. Type. M.C.Z. 3727 (Plate 1, fig. 1), left M1"3. Horizon and Locality. Lower Miocene, L. Arikareean; Thomas Farm, Gilchrist Co., Florida. Diagnosis. About the size of D. hartshornianus, protocone of M1 less well developed, paracone and metacone conical and larger, medial portion of tooth broader, protocone and metacone of M2 vestigial, paracone larger, medial end of tooth as broad as lateral, M3 button-like. This species is only provisionally referred to this genus. The teeth appear to be somewhat degenerate, and when it becomes better known it may be necessary to erect a new genus for it. Paradaphaenus nobilis (Simpson) Plate 2, fig. 1 ; Plate 3 Cynodesmus nobilis Simpson. Fla. State Geol. Survey, Bull. 10, p. 17, fig. 1, 1932. Two skulls, a nearly complete jaw, and several fragmentary jaws are referred to this species. Except for Amphicyon this is the largest canid yet found in the Florida Miocene. It is very nearly the same size as Cynodesmus thooides Scott. Paradaphaenus tropicalis spec. nov. Type. M.C.Z. 3729 (Plate 1, fig. 2), right half of palate with P4-M2. 6 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Paratype. M.C.Z. 3714 (Plate 4), left mandible with P4-M2. Horizon and Locality. L. Miocene, L. Arikareean; Thomas Farm, Gilchrist Co., Florida. Diagnosis. One-seventh (15%) smaller than P. nobilis, protocone and metacone of M2 better developed, hypoeone reduced. Two skulls, a crushed rostrum, and some fragmentary jaws are referred to this species. I have placed these two species in this genus on the character of the heel of Mi. Cope (1884 O, p. 900) says of Amphicyon cuspigerus: "The inferior sectorial tooth is characterized by its great robustness; the internal medial tubercle is much elevated, while the principal cusp is short. The heel is wide and basin-shaped, with the inner border as much elevated as the outer." Wortman and Matthew (1899 A, p. 129) made this species the type of a new genus, Paradaphacnus . Scott's figure (1895 C, PI. 1, Fig. 5) shows the entoconid of Mi as very much smaller than the hypoconid. Since the entoconid and hypoconid are nearly equal in nobilis and tropicalis, their affinities are with Para- daphaenus rather than Cynodesmus. The latter genus appears to be restricted to the Upper Miocene and the former is otherwise known only from the Upper John Day. Amphicyon intermedius White Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 18, p. 32, pi. 3-4, 1940. Skeletal material and isolated teeth are the only additional material referable to this species. Its affinities are somewhat confused by the combination of advanced and seemingly retarded characters. i Amphicyon longiramus spec. nov. Type. M.C.Z. 3919 (Plate 5), right mandible with P2-M2. Horizon and Locality. L. Miocene, L. Arikareean; Thomas Farm, Gilchrist Co., Florida. Diagnosis. Size and proportions very close to the jaws with skull referred by Matthew (1924 C) to A. sinapius, Pi and M3 single rooted, M3 with groove in the outer side of root but not on the inner side, P4 with heel and accessory cusp, two mental foramina. white: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA Measurements Length, condyle to incisors 328 " Pi to M3 153 " Mi 32 " M2 23 diastema C to Pi 18 P,-P2 6 P2-P3 10 Depth of jaw at posterior border of M2 60 This species is about one fourth larger than the preceding, and differs from it also in the double rooted P2 and in the single rooted M3. In dental characters, in size, and in the relative proportions this form is difficult to distinguish from the jaws from the Snake Creek beds referred by Matthew (1924 C) to A. sinapins Matthew, and per- haps does not merit specific designation. One of the peculiar features of this individual is that P4 developed but failed to erupt. The tip is gone from the tooth and perhaps was injured while the tooth was forming. This genus presents many of the characteristics of being a hyper- pituitary Daphacnus. In fact, size is the principal character which separates the two genera. It seems to me that M3 of Daphaenodon is too much reduced for that genus to stand intermediate between Daphaenus and A mphicyon. It is more logical that it should be inter- mediate between Daphacnus and Cy nodes mm. Xothocyon insularis spec. nov. Type. M.C.Z. 3812 (Plate 1, fig. 3), right P4"2. Referred Material. Portion of left maxilla with P4, an isolated un- erupted M1, and a left mandible with Mi. Horizon and Locality. L. Miocene, L. Arikareean; Thomas Farm, Gilchrist Co., Florida. Diagnosis. A large species of Nothocyon, metaconule of M1-2 well developed, hypocone of M1 conical with faint ridge anteriorly and pos- teriorly, hypocone of M2 elongate antero-posteriorly, postero-lateral angle of M2 nearly a right angle and not obtuse as Tomarctns. The lower jaw referred to this species is rather slender and lightly built. The first molar is the only tooth preserved but the distribution of the 8 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology sockets indicate that the anterior premolars were spaced. The cusps of Mi do not differ from those of Tomarctus. Measurements M1 M2 Length x Width 11.3x13.5 7.5x10.8 This species is provisionally referred to Nothocyon because of the spacing of the first and second molars, the quadrangular M2, and the conical hypocone on M1. It may eventually prove to be a primitive species of Tomarctus. It is well advanced toward that genus, however, but in nearly all species of that genus the postero-lateral angle of M2 approaches one-hundred and thirty-five degrees. This species is about the same size as Tomarctus thomsoni, but M1 is much narrower medially. Tomarctus canavus (Simpson) Plate 2, fig. 2; Plate 6 Cynodesmus canavus Simpson. Fla. State Geol. Survey, Bull 10, p. 19, fig. 4, 1932. A crushed skull with P4 to M1 of both sides, a right mandible (M.C.Z. 3628) with P2 to Mi, and a jaw fragment with P4-M1 are referred to this species. This form is only slightly larger than T. thomsoni but does not have the broad medial end of M1 of that species. M2 is missing but the sockets indicate that the postero-lateral angle of this tooth is the greatest in this form of any of the species of Tomarctus. In the lower jaw the premolars are spaced as in Nothocyon and probably were in the upper jaw. Tomarctus thomasi White Plate 7 Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 18, p. 94, pi. 14, fig. 3, 1941. A crushed skull (M.C.Z. 3728) with nearly all of the teeth, a palate with most of the teeth, and a right lower jaw (M.C.Z. 3712) with P2 to M2 are referred to this species. This species is not much larger than the preceding (6% as indicated by the molar-premolar length), but the individual teeth are about 12% larger and are crowded together as in T. brevirostris. As near as can be determined from the crushed skull with unworn teeth this species is very close to the skulls figured by Matthew (1924 C) and referred to T. brevirostris. white: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 9 It seems reasonable to suppose that Matthew (1930 E) had the species thomsoni and minor in mind when he placed Cynodesmus Cams oorophayus 5 / s PiiocLjon Aelur 'odon Ostec Sorus ^J * i i O Is \ \ Cunoa esmu5 / Ampn Lcuon 0) Paradcji ?/?aenus 1 Tomai -ctus DaphaenoJon -*J s ' Nothc )cuon Daphc 'enus Fig. 1 . Diagrammatic representation of the relationships of a few genera of American Tertiary dogs. Modified from Matthew (1930) and, Vanderhoof and J. T. Gregory (1940). between Nothocyon and Tomarctus in his phylogenetic arrangement. Since these and other species have been removed from Cynodesmus, 10 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology it has become a monotypic genus. Certainly the affinities of Cynodes- mus thooides Seott are closer to Daphacnodon than to Nothocyon. In the light of the recent taxonomic changes (Vanderhoof and J. T. Gregory, Univ. Calif. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sei., 25, p. 160, 1940; and White, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 18, p. 95, 1941.) it seems desirable to make some modifications in the graphic representation of the relation- ship of these genera. See Text fig. 1, which is modified from Mat- thew (1930 E) and Vanderhoof and J. T. Gregory (ibid, p. 145). Two genera, Paradaphacniis and Nothocyon, of the fossil dogs found in this deposit are restricted to the Upper John Day and the Lower Rosebud of the great Plains. Two species of Tomarctus are present, one T. canavus, exhibits a less advanced character in the small size and in the spacing of the premolars, and the other appears to be more advanced and very similar to T. brevirostris. One of the species of Amphicyon (A. longiramus) is very advanced and very close to A. sinapius of the Middle and Upper Miocene. The affinities of the other species are not altogether clear. The specimen referred to Daphaenus appears to be somewhat degenerate and therefore worthless for corre- lation. On the whole the Canidae exhibit a basal Miocene aspect. ARTIODACTYLA While there is considerable variety among the artiodactyls (eight species and as many genera) found in these deposit, certain groups are conspicuously absent (Entelodontidae, Merycoidodontidae, and Agriochoeridae). Since they are so abundantly represented in the Miocene deposits of the Plains it seems reasonable to suppose that they did not inhabit Florida at this time. Of the artiodactyls present only the Cervidae and the Protoceratidae are represented by more than one specimen in each species. TAYASSUIDAE Floridachoerus olseni White Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 18, p. 96, pi. 14, fig. 4, 1941. A few isolated teeth are the only additional material of this species found. It appears to be more advanced than Desmathyus and less so than Prosthcnops. WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 11 CAMELIDAE OXYDACTYLUS FLORIDANUS Simpson Fla. State Geol. Survey, Bull. 10, p. 35, figs. 20-21, 1932. No additional material certainly referable to this form has been found. Concerning the affinities of this species Simpson (1932 D, p. 16) says: "Oxydactylus fioridanus belongs to a lower Miocene group, so far as its affinities can now be read, and appears to be a rather advanced member of that group. The Midway camels seem to be somewhat more progressive, although the evidence is very poor, and this may be illusory". Paratylopus graxdis White Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 18. p. 33, pi. 5, 1940. No additional material certainly referable to this species has been found. Isolated molars and premolars are rather common, but it is difficult to be certain whether they belong to this form or to Oxydac- tylus. This is the largest species of this genus known, but its affinities are not altogether clear. HYPERTRAGULIDAE There are three genera of this family represented, all of which seem to be peculiar to this deposit. The smallest and more nearly normal is represented by a fragment of a right mandible with Dp2-3 and Mi. It seems better to withhold a specific diagnosis until better material is obtained. Hypermekops genus nov. Genotype, olseni spec. nov. Diagnosis. A large brachyodont hypertragulid with three incisors in the premaxillary, fourth premolar and molars similar in form to those of Leptomeryx, P3 three rooted and probably with a median spur, P2 double rooted, elongate entero-posteriorly and without median spur, I1 to P1 caniniform and slightly recurved, I1 largest. Hypermekops olseni spec. nov. Type. M.C.Z. 3711 (Plate 8), a skull containing I1"2, P2 and 4, and M1"3 of the right side, and l1 and P4 to M3 of the left side. 12 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Horizon and Locality. L. Miocene, L. Arikareean; Thomas Farm, Gilchrist Co., Florida. Diagnosis. Same as generic. The skull was crushed flat when found but has been expertly re- stored for exhibition by Mr. Russell Olsen. Fully realizing the im- portance of this specimen, he performed this feat without disturbing the palate from the condition in which it was received at the museum. The bone of the anterior end of the snout was sufficiently dense and heavy so that the crushing did not shatter the bone but mashed it down in clean breaks which fitted together perfectly when the matrix was removed. Consequently there can be no doubt about the restora- tion of the end of the snout. There were good contacts for the pieces of bone of the dorsal side of the face all of the way back to the frontal crest. Both postorbital processes are complete so there can be no doubt about the position of the orbits. The occiput is moderately well preserved, and also the inferior and the antero-inferior borders of the orbits. Taking these into consideration there can be little doubt about the height of the frontal region of the skull. The nasals are separated from each other and from the adjacent bones by suture. The exact nature of the fronto-nasal suture cannot be determined, but it appears to be W-shaped with the apices directed posteriorly. The frontals are separated from each other by suture. The two halves of the palate are separated by suture, but no trace of the maxillo-premaxillary suture can be found. The first incisor shows wear on the antero-medial and posterior sides. This indicates that it occluded with the first and second incisors of the lower jaw, which would enable the animal to get a firm grip on some fleshy part of a plant, such as roots and tubers, and rip it loose. The closed maxillo-premaxillary suture lends support to this hypothesis. Also the bones of the snout have the same dense, polished appearance that those in the snouts of pigs and peccaries have. However, the tip of the snout of this form seems to be too lightly constructed for any strenuous rooting. The second incisor is smaller than the first and strongly recurved. It shows no wear except on the tip. The third incisor, the canine, and the first premolar are missing, but, judging by the sockets, they were about half the size of the first incisor. Mr. Olsen took very careful measurements of the palatal side of the skull before beginning the restoration. The distances from the tip of the snout were taken at the tip of the tooth. WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 13 Condylo-basal length Condyles to M3 Anterior border of orbit to tip of snout M3 to tip of snout M1 " it a a P2 " t a tt Pi « t (( (I C " c a it I3 " t a a I2 " t tt tt I1 " i a it To these may be added: Length P2 to M3 381 130 275 251 214 185 134 114 99 77 31 81 Floridatragulus dolichantherius White Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 18, p. 34, pi. 7, 1940. A few isolated teeth are the only additional material referable to this species which has been found. Since both Hypermekops and Floridatragulus have extenuated snouts, it seems reasonable to suppose the former to be the ancestor of the latter, which has the longer snout. However, until we find corre- sponding parts of both forms we cannot be sure. The presence of all three upper incisors in Hypermekops indicates that it developed from some Upper Eocene hypertragulid which was able to find a satisfactory ecological niche here. PROTOCERATIDAE Syndyoceras australis White Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 18, p. 97, pi. 15, 1941. Although two additional mandibles of this form have been found they do not greatly increase our knowledge of it. As with Protoceras this form seems to be quite variable, and in view of the kinship of the two genera the differences presented are probably sexual rather than specific. If the premolar-molar index is any indication of the degree of ad- vancement of a species, australis is slightly less advanced than cooki. 14 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology The indices of the two species are: australis, 28/58 — 49%; and cooki, 32/61 — 52%. As far as we know this genus is restricted to the Lower Miocene. CERVIDAE Machaeromeryx gilchristensis White Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 18, p. 97, pi. 14, fig. 5, 1941. The first and second upper molars with a fragment of the maxillary, and a lower jaw with well worn teeth are the only additional speci- mens of this species which have been found. The longer premolar series would seem to indicate that this species was more advanced than M. tragulus. This genus appears to be restricted to the Lower Miocene. Parablastomeryx floridanus White Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 18, p. 34, pi. 6, 1940. Three additional lower jaws of this species have been found. Its size is about that of P. gregorii. For comparison I have copied the premolar-molar indices given by Frick (Bull. A.M.N.H., 69, p. 227, 1937) for the species of this genus. <rablastomeryx gregorii 23/33 70% olcotti 20/38 71% primus 19.3/28 69% falkenbachi 20/27.5 73% schultzi 17.5/27 65% advena 19/25.5 75% floridanus 20/33 60% An examination of the table shows that P. floridanus has relatively the shortest premolar series of any species of this genus. If, as is commonly accepted, this is any indication of the evolutionary status of an artiodactyl species, this is the least advanced form in the genus. A larger species is indicated by two lower jaws with Dpi-3andMi-3, but cannot be properly diagnosed at this time. Floridachoerus and the Camelidae are not sufficiently well known to be of help in correlating these deposits with those of the Great Plains. The members of the Hypertragulidae are peculiar to this deposit. Machaeromeryx and Syndyoceras are limited to the Lower Miocene, WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 15 and Parablastomeryx floridanus appears to be the least advanced member of that genus. On the whole the Artiodactyla agree with the Carnivora in the Lower Miocene age of this deposit. PERISSODACTYLA As yet no evidence of either tapirs or chalicotheres have been found in the deposit on the Thomas Farm. RHINOCEROTIDAE The material belonging to this group has been turned over to Dr. Horace E. Wood, 2nd for study. EQUIDAE Anchitherium clarencei Simpson Fla. State Geol. Survey, Bull. 10, p. 32, figs. 18-19, 1932. Only a single left lower jaw (M.C.Z. 3810, Plate 9) referable to this species has been found. It bears Dpi-3 and Mi-2. This specimen does not allow us to add anything to Simpson's analysis of this form. Miohippus sp. A few isolated upper cheek teeth in which the metaloph is not con- nected to the ectoloph are referred to this genus. None show any indi- cation of a crochet. The posterior cingulum and the metaselene are well developed. Parahippus blackbergi (Hay) Plate 10 Miohippus blackbergi Hay, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 37, p. 2, pi. 1, figs. 4-5, 1924. Archaeohippus 7ia?ius Simpson, Fla. State Geol. Survey, Bull. 10, figs. 14-15, 1932. Mr. C. J. Hesse, of the Museum of the Texas Agricultural and Mechanical College, has kindly loaned me his manuscript of his analy- sis of the Archaeohipjms material from Garvin Gully. In it he suggests that these two forms are the same. His analysis compares so well with the Florida specimens that I see no reason for retaining them as dis- tinct species. Sixteen specimens, represented by a nearly complete upper dentition 16 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology of at least one side, are referred to this species. Also there are three pairs of lower jaws and three single lower jaws. All of the tooth char- acters are extremely variable but no one character seems to be asso- ciated with any other sufficiently well to permit a separation. There is a 16% variation in size but like the other characters it cannot be associated with any other one variation. The major variations are set forth in the accompanying table (Text fig. 2). Crochet. The crochet, when present, is usually strong, but is not necessarily present on all of the molars. Some of the specimens which I indicated as being without a crochet have a slight wave in the enamel of the metaloph which could be interpreted as an incipient crochet. On one isolated tooth (M2?) there appears to be a slight secondary fold on the crochet. "Anticrochet" . I have chosen this name for a plication on the pos- terior wall of the metaloph which is usually opposite the crochet but its position is not fixed. Usually it is associated with the crochet but this is not invariably the case, for one may be present without the other. Plications on the Metaloph. Those on the anterior wall seem to be more or less independent of the crochet, but are usually present on the posterior wall only when the anticrochet is absent. When present the plications usually number two or three but may be as few as one. Cement. When present, the cement is only a thin film, usually re- stricted to the outside of the tooth and the deeper parts of the fossette. The third molar always has the most cement. In the others it appears to be restricted to the outer base of the tooth. However, this may be due to wear. No. 3831 appears to have cement on P2~3. The presence or absence of cement does not appear to be correlated with any par- ticular one of the variations. Size. Most of the specimens are very nearly the same size. Nos. 3820 and 3829, which present the greatest difference in size, are almost identical in the other characters. No. 3829 is 16% smaller than No. 3820, but is only 5% smaller than the average, while No. 3820 is 10% larger than the average. Third Molar. In most of the specimens the third upper molar bears the same size relationship to the second in this species that it does in Parahippus leonensis. However, in some, M3 is notably smaller than M2. Among the isolated teeth referred to Miohippvs is a single M3 which is much smaller than the molars. In view of this, in those speci- mens in which it occurs, the small M3 of this species is probably a holdover from the ancestral stock rather than a matter of reduction. WHITE: LOWER MIOCEXE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 71 * 1 1 1 fdPOJJ jdssojjscy >»5 1 ** ^ ♦ 2* > 5 + 5 1 "3 9JDJDa39 3UOOO)Ojd 1 0. § c: I 5 &, 0> 8 <b I c: *■ C: 03 5 X X X X X X X X X X X X i > X X o o "3 .C; — > X X X X X X X X <§- 8 J 1 .5 X X 5 X X X 5; 0 5 "5 5 *** "> ^ •u u e 1 1 ^0 X 1 X X X X X <§- X X c: 0 0 X X X * Q. 5 1 .c: ■■s X X ^ M ^ X X X X X s t X X •*> 4. X u2 X X -c: ^ OQ *> 5- K ^o d- d~ 25 CO i- ■-0 * d- ^ iQ ^Q *- 5 ^ ^ *■ CO CO ^ ^ CQ •^1 "> ^ co O ^ (\1 ^ O °0 0 °0 00 O ^0 * t ^ "0 O °0 ^> °0 °0 °0 °0 °o "3 8 IS vo <5- °0 1 CM rO CO ^0 CM O 00 <0 CO *o vo Is. CO 0- s. CO 5 03 CO °o O *■ CO CO 55 CO 0 CO °0 Fig. 2. Table of (Hay). measurements and variations of Parahippus blackbergi 18 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology In the lower jaw the posterior lobe of the third molar is very little relatively than in the next species of Parahippus found in this deposit. Four of the lower dentitions have cement on the molars. Protocone. In most specimens there is only a constriction between the protocone and the protoconule, but in Nos. 3820, 3831, and 3815 the tip of the protocone is separate in a few of the teeth, usually the premolars. This is also the case in some of the isolated teeth. Hesse (manuscript) reports that he finds the same condition in the specimens from Garvin Gully. Milk Teeth. One specimen (M.C.Z. 3840, Plate 10, figs. 2 and 3) still has the milk teeth. The protocone is large and deeply constricted from the protoconule. The metaloph is connected to the ectoloph but shows no plications. The hypoloph is well developed and projects into the postfossette. The hypostyle and posterior cingulum are well developed. Plihypostyle. Ever since the name plihypostyle was first applied to a feature in the postfossette of horse teeth, there has been considerable confusion regarding the homologies of structures bearing that name. It appears to have been used, at one time or another, for any structure in this area which could not be identified as the hypostyle. Obviously the plihypostyle of Parahippus cf. ncbrascensis (Stirton, Journ. Mamm., 22, p. 434, fig. 3, 1941) is not the homologue of the element bearing Protoconule Protocone MQZ3922 Hupo/oph Hypodtu/e Hi T ocone Fig. 3. Third upper premolar of Parahippus blackbergi (Hay) showing hypoloph. x 2. that name in Neohipparion cf. eurystyle (ibid, p. 435, fig. 7). By extreme good fortune the fossil Equidae from the Thomas Farm demonstrate the development of the principal features in this area. Some of the specimens of P. blackbergi (Nos. 3820, 3815, and 3829), and a number of isolated teeth, show, on unworn or little worn premolars, a high thin white: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 19 ridge (M.C.Z. 3922, Text fig. 3) extending from the hypocone to the posterior cingulum near the metastyle. By all of the rules of tooth terminology this ridge is the hypoloph and makes up the posterior half of the metaselene. In two of the specimens (Nos. 3815 and 3829) the metaselene is complete on one or more of the molars. In its simplest form (P2 of No. 3815) the hypostyle is a small conical tubercle on the posterior cingulum. However, in most cases it takes the form of a spur, projecting postero-medially from the inner end of the hypoloph. This condition is especially well demonstrated in the milk teeth of Mcrychippvs paniensis and to a lesser degree in the milk teeth of M. primus. The hypoloph, in the form it takes in the premolars of P. blackbergi, is present in the molars of 'P. Iconcnsis and the less progressive specimens of M. gimteri, but this is not true of the premolars of P. Iconcnsis. In the more progressive specimens of the latter species the postfossette wall of the hypoloph often bears a plication near the postero-lateral end. This appears to be homologous with the plihypostyle of Neohip- parion cf. Eury style (ibid, p. 435, fig. 7) and for the sake of clearness and compatibility, I propose that this name be restricted, so that it will apply only to plications on the inner wall of the hypoloph. While this may not be in strict accordance with the customary practice in mor- phological names, it will make the terminology of the upper teeth more consistent with that of the lower. This species presents many variations which are departures, in the direction of Parahippus, from a simple pattern similar to Miohippus. It is possible to find all of the generic characters of the teeth of Para- hippus in this series of specimens. The greatest number of characters found in combination in one individual (Xo. 3S31) is four, and many have three. These characters are: * 1. Well developed crochet. 2. Plications on the anterior and posterior walls of the metaloph. 3. Protocone separate at tip. 4. Hypoloph and posterior cingulum closing the postfossette. 5. Cement on molars. 6. Height of unworn M2 at paracone only slightly less than external length. These characters, occurring in combinations of as many as four in one individual, indicates that this species stands genetically very close (and is probably ancestral) to some of the earlier species of this genus. The simple and stable pattern of the cheek teeth presented by the Upper Miocene species of Archaeohippus and the more complex and 20 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology highly variable character of the teeth of this species presents us with two possibilities. Either the Florida stock retrogressed, or, the Plains were unsuited ecologically to this stock and they remained in the vicin- ity of the Gulf. Owing to the nature of the deposits in that area they are recorded only in Garvin Gully. In view of the Miocene geography of the Florida region (see that section), this stock can, at best, be only remotely related to that of the Plains, probably only in that they have Miohippus for a common ancestor. Consequently, to leave the Florida and Plains stocks in the same genus is a purely artificial classification, which defeats one of the primary purposes of taxonomy, in that it should be an expression of the genetics of groups of animals or plants. According to the available evidence this form is a very primitive species of Parahippus, bridging the gap between fhat genus and Miohippus. The weight of the characters lean more toward Parahippus than Miohippus, and it would not simplify matters any to name a new genus for this intermediate and highly variable form. Parahippus barbouri spec. nov. Type. M.C.Z. 3646, (Plate 11), a crushed skull which has been re- stored for exhibition, M3 unworn. Paratype. M.C.Z. 3814 (Plate 12) right lower jaw with P2 to M3. Referred Material. M.C.Z. 3736, upper dentition lacking left M3; and No. 3742, a well worn upper left dentition. Horizon and Locality. L. Miocene, L. Arikareean; Thomas Farm, Gilchrist Co., Florida. Diagnosis. A small Parahippus with a moderately heavy coat of cement on all cheek teeth, plications on anterior and posterior walls of metaloph, crochet simple and usually not in contact with proto- conule, protocone joining protoconule on all teeth by the time M3 has begun to receive wear, postprotoconal valley open except on M1, post- fossette may or may not be open on M1-2, external styles well developed teeth subhy sidont. Measurements Number 3646 3736 3742 Length, P2~M3 87 88 82 ' ' p2— 4 45 46 42.5 " M1"3 42 42 39.5 Width P4 17 17.5 17 " M1 17 18 16.5 WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA • 21 The limited amount of material referable to this species, each show- ing a different stage of wear, does not give us any data on the amount of variation in the enamel pattern. The enamel pattern of this species is very close to that of P. crenidens (Scott) from the Deep River, U. Miocene of Montana and to P. coloradcnsis Gidley from the Pawnee Creek Beds of Northeast Colorado. So similar are their enamel pat- terns that it seems logical to suppose that the Florida stock persisted till near the close of the Miocene with only a slight increase in size. Parahippus leonensis Sellards Plate 13, figs. 1 and 2 Eighth Ann. Report of Fla. State Geol. Survey, p. 83, pi. 11, fig. 7, pi. 13, fig. 2-3, 1916. Merychippus vellicans Hay, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 37, p. 7, pi. 1, figs. 18-19, 1924. At first I referred this material to Parahippus vellicans (Hay), be- cause most of the specimens were nearly identical with Hay's types. However the last three skulls which have been cleaned have convinced me that Sellard's type is an unusual varient of this population and consequently the species must be known as P. leonensis. Only one or two of the teeth bear the peculiar type of crochet found in the type of P. leonensis, nor is it always on M1, but may be found on any tooth except P2. Mr. C. J. Hesse wrote, after examining a small series of teeth sent him; that in his opinion the Thomas Farm and Garvin Gully popula- tions were conspecific. Thirty-three specimens, represented by the upper cheek tooth series of at least one side, are referred to this species. A nearly equal number of lower jaws probably belong here. However, none of the lower jaws were found associated with the upper. This species appears to embrace as wide a range of variation as P. blackbergi. Several of the specimens exhibit characters of size and enamel pattern suggestive of P. barbouri. It is hoped that further excavation will complete this gap in the record. The other extreme is with difficulty distinguishable from M. gunteri. At first, I divided this series of specimens into three groups on the basis of the extremes of enamel patterns. For a period of about three weeks I reviewed them once or twice a day. Each time I shifted a few specimens from one group to another. Since it was impossible to make any division that would last over night, I concluded that only 22 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology one species was represented. The individuals of this species seem to represent three groups in the population; a conservative, a progressive, and an aberrant. The intergradation between these three groups seems to be complete. Cement. The amount of cement varies from a very heavy coat (more than M . •primus) to a very thin film. The usual amount seems to be a little less than M. primus. The third molar always has the most cement and the first has the least. Crochet. The crochet is usually T-shaped with the crossbar of the T abutting against the protoconule. Sometimes it is only a V-shaped projection on the metaloph with the apex of the V directed toward the protoconule. Or, it may be a long narrow loop projecting between the protocone and the hypocone. Metaloph. Unworn or slightly worn teeth bear plications on the anterior and posterior walls of the metaloph. Those on the posterior wall are smaller and fewer than those on the anterior, and soon disap- pear with wear. The plication nearest the metaconule is the strongest and may persist as long as those on the anterior wall. The plications on the anterior wall are usually three or four in number, with those nearest the crochet the strongest. M3 and P2 usu- ally have only one or two plications on the anterior wall. Hypoloph. On the molars and sometimes on P4 the hypoloph ex- tends from the metaconule to the posterior cingulum near the meta- style. This is the same condition found in the premolars of P. black- bergi. In the premolars the hypoloph projects into the posterior part of the postfossette and does not reach the posterior cingulum. -Its direction is more nearly lateral than postero-lateral as in the molars. A plihypostyle may or may not be present. It is more common on the molars than on the premolars. Hypostyle. The unworn hypostyle is usually covered with cement, so that its shape cannot be determined. After a small amount of wear it is usually triangular in the molars and elliptical in the premolars, with the long axis parallel to the hypocone. It often appears as a spur directed postero-medially from the inner end of the hypoloph. In the more advanced specimens the hypostyle has gained the ascendency in growth over the hypoloph and receives wear first. It has the form of a long narrow loph paralleling the hypocone. The inner end usually projects into the postfossette. This projection cannot be considered a plihypostyle because of its origin as demonstrated by this material. Both features occur in some specimens. This condition is prophetic of that found in M. gunteri on all teeth except M3. WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 23 Protocone. The protocone is usually joined to the protoconule by the time M3 has begun to receive wear. It usually, but not always, displays a spur. There seems to be a positive correlation between the amount of cement and the length of time which the protocone is separate. In the two specimens with a very heavy coat of cement the protocones are separate even though M3 has received considerable wear. Milk Teeth. A number of specimens show the milk dentition in various stages of wear. No. 3759, with P1 and M1 just beginning to receive wear, displays the characters of these teeth the best. The enamel pattern of the milk teeth is very similar to that of the permanent premolars. The crochet is well developed but usually does not abutt against the protoconule, more often it is broader at the base than at the outer end. The metaloph is connected to the ectoloph and has plications on both walls. Those on the posterior wall dis- appear first. Hypoloph and hypostyle are like those of the permanent premolars. Cement absent except for a thin film on the exterior base of two specimens. The milk teeth of this species are very similar to a cast of the type of Parahippus eognatus Leidy and the permanent teeth are very close to the type of P. brcvidens (Marsh). Certainly these three species are very close genetically and possibly should bear the same name, in which case, they should be known as P. eognatus Leidy, since that is the earliest available name. The scarcity of the remains of eognatus and bremdens would lead one to believe that this stock was well past its prime in the Upper Miocene. It does not seem unreasonable that a stock which received its inception in the Lower Miocene should persist with diminishing abundance till near the close of the Miocene. Merychippus gunteri Simpson Plate 13, fig. 3 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 59, p. 165, fig. 10, 1930. This species unquestionably arose #from Parahippus leonensis Sellards. The transition between the two species is well represented by complete dentitions. Fortunately it is still possible to set up an arbitrary rule which will distinguish the conservative members of this species from the progressive members of the preceding one. This rule is:— The crochet must have joined the protoconule on M1-2 by the time wear has exposed the principal cusps on M3 before the speci- 24 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology men can be placed in M. gunteri. At this time both species have a height of tooth at the mesostyle on M2 of 10 mm. When the teeth of the progressive specimens of P. leonensis are worn so that M2 has a height of 7.5 mm at the mesostyle they display most of the characters of M. gunteri. None of the unworn teeth of either species have a height of crown to exceed 15 mm at the paracone. Unfortunately the material representing this species is not plentiful ; a badly broken skull with good teeth, a complete upper dentition of both sides, three specimens with five cheek teeth in series, and three with three or four teeth. Cement. x\ll specimens have a uniformly heavy coat of cement on the outside of the tooth, about the same as the most advanced speci- mens of P. leonensis. M1 always has the least amount of cement in the fossettes and M2 is next. In M3 and the premolars the fossettes are usually nearly filled. The postprotoconal valley has less cement than the fossettes. Crochet. On the molars the crochet has joined the protoconule before the tooth has received much wear, often on M1-2 before M3 has erupted. A greater amount of wear is necessary in the premolars for these two structures to join, and apparently they never join in P2. Usually there is only a single plicabellin and pliprotoconule but one specimen displays two of each on M1. Hypoloph. The hypoloph and hypostyle are very little different from those in the premolars of P. leonensis except on M3 in which, on most specimens, it exhibits its earlier characteristics. A plihypo- style is often present on the premolars but is not so common on the molars. Metaloph. The plications on the metaloph do not differ materially in size and distribution from those on P. leonensis, except that they seem to persist longer in those species. One rather unusual specimen shows five plications on the anterior wall and four on the posterior wall of M1. Protoeonc. The protocone always has a spur except in the early stages of wear on P2. It usually joins the protoconule on all teeth by the time M3 has begun to receive wear. Milk Teeth. An isolated Dp2 seems referable to this species. The tooth has received considerable wear but not enough to obliterate the details. No trace of cement can be found. The crochet has joined the protoconule and there is a suggestion of a plicabellin and a pliproto- conule. There is one large and one small plication on the anterior wall of the metaloph. The posterior wall is smooth. The hypoloph is white: lower miocene mammal fauna of Florida 25 well developed and separated from the hypocone by a thin line of enamel. The hypostyle is small and triangular in outline with the apex directed toward the inner end of the hypoloph. The protocone bears a spur and is separated from the protoconule by a thin line of enamel. It would be comparatively easy to derive the enamel pattern of most of the species of Merychippus from that of this stock. The sim- plest pattern exhibited is only slightly more complex than that of M. primus and the most complex is about equal to that of M. sphenodus (Cope) and M. calamarius (Cope). The pattern of most of the speci- mens is about the same as that of M. secundus Osborn (if that is a valid species). However, if, as Stirton (1940, Univ. Calif. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., 25, p. 181, Footnote 12) suggests, M. secundus, tertius, and quint us are synonyms of M. primus, the size and height of crown become the principal differences between gunteri and primus. This difference is sufficiently great to justify retaining them as distinct species. Simpson (1932 D, p. 27, Footnote 5) suggests that M . gunteri and primus arose from different species of Parahippus. In the light of this material I believe it more likely that the latter is the descendant of the former. Merychippus westoni Simpson Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 69, p. 164, fig. 9, 1930. In the material from the Thomas Farm I have not been able to identify with certainty this species. In the isolation of the protocone it seems to be more advanced than gunteri and probably represents a later stage in evolution. These horses are less advanced than those of the Middle and Upper Miocene, although their closest relatives are found in deposits of those ages. They appear to have very little in common with the Lower Miocene horses of the Great Plains. On the whole they are of very little help in correlating the age of this deposit. Development of Tooth Form in Horses as Indicated by this Material x\lthougb this series is far from complete, there are a sufficient number of stages so that a moderately clear picture can be obtained. Separation of Protocone. In P. blackbcrgi the protocone appears to be separated from the protoconule first on P3~4. The protocone is usually deeply constricted from the protoconule on P2 and M1 but the tips are seldom separate. It may be separate on M1 and not on P2. 26 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Unfortunately there are no specimens showing the protoeone becoming separated on M2-3. In the other species of Parahippus and in Mery- chippvs the tip of the protoeone is separate in the early stages of wear. Cement. The cement first appears on M1 or 2 in P. blackbergi. In the cases in which it is present only on M2-3 1 cannot be certain that it never had been on M1. It is thought to be present on the premolars of No. 3820 but it is difficult to be certain. In the other species of Para- hippus and in Meryckippus M1 always has the least cement and M3 has the most. Among the premolars P2 has the least and P4 the most but none as much as M3. There seems to be a positive correlation be- tween the amount of cement and the order of tooth succession. Hypoloph and Hypostyle. The development of these two features were fully treated in the consideration of P. blackbergi. Crochet and Plications on the Metaloph. The form of these features are fairly well catalogued under the various species. There is, how- ever, a plausible explanation of their mode of formation based on the embryological principal of Unequal Growth. Both embryology and the observations of unerupted teeth show that the durable layers of the teeth are deposited from the crown to the base. The general form of the tooth is determined by the meso- dermal papillae which outline in a general way the principal cusps and lophs, which grow down (or up in the lower jaw) to meet the dental germ and is enveloped by it. As the dental germ (enamel depositing cells) spreads over the sides of the lophs into the fossettes the cells must divide rather rapidly to supply the necessary amount of en- velope. If the cell division is more rapid than necessary, or if it con- tinues after the loph is covered, it creates more surface than there is space to accommodate it. This internal pressure, pushing against the already established cusps, which act as buttresses, causes the surface to buckle and be thrown into folds. The crochet, after the metaloph has joined the ectoloph, occurs in the logical place for the surface to buckle from the internal pressure set up by the rapidly multiplying cells of the dental germ layer; i.e.; at the apex of the curve of the metaloph. The location of the "anticrochet" is determined in the same way. That the secondary folds are formed subsequent to the formation of the principal features is indicated by the fac1> that they always occur in the areas of thin enamel. There are a number of un- erupted teeth in the material from Florida in which the deposition of enamel is complete and which contain no dentine on the inside of the tooth. This indicates that the details of tooth form are determined by the proliferation of the enamel depositing cells. white: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 27 Union of Crochet and Protoeonvlc. The embryology of the tooth permits us to postulate the steps through which the crochet becomes united to the protoconule. In some specimens of P. blackbergi the crochet abuts against the protoconule. This is true of nearly all of the specimens of the other species of Parahippus found in Florida. The protoconule must have been well established by the time the crochet began to form. This resulted in the latter flattening its end against the protoconule. To create additional space for the over abundant enamel depositing cells the crochet became constricted at the base by the process mentioned above. By this time the crochet is T-shaped. The crossbar of the T in the crochet of Parahippiis becomes the plicabellin and the pliproto- conule of Mcrychippus. Eventually the crochet came abreast of the protoconule in its order of development and these two areas of growing tissue met, fused, and split in the same manner as the foetal mem- branes. I have been unable to find a statement of this principle in any of the textbooks of embryology at hand but I think the following will express the idea sufficiently well; "When two outpouchings of growing tissue from the same germ layer meet, first there is a fusion of the two surfaces, then a fission in a plane parallel to the axis of juncture but at right angles to the plane of fusion. It seems highly probable that this same process was involved in the union of the metaloph and ectoloph, and also in the isolation of the protocone in Hipparion (sensu latu). SUMMARY Eighteen genera and twenty-two species of mammals have been identified from the Thomas Farm in Gilchrist County, North Florida. In order to determine the age of this deposit the closest relatives of these species were sought in the deposits of the Great Plains. The Artiodactyla present a decided Lower Miocene aspect. Two of the genera are restricted to deposits of that age on the Plains. Two genera of one family (Hypertragulidae) seem to be peculiar to the deposit in North Florida. Among the Carnivora are two genera which did not persist on the Plains beyond the Upper John Day - Lower Rosebud age. There is one species in each of two other genera which are very closely related to plains species in the same genera of the Late Middle and Upper Miocene. The Equidae are all progressive and their only relatives are found in the Late Middle and Upper Miocene deposits of the Plains. Since the vertebrates give such a paradoxical correla- tion, other sources were examined for data to aid in determining the 28 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology age of this deposit. Overlying the deposit in which the mammalian fossils occur is an erosional remnant of what is believed to be a mem- ber of the marine Hawthorne formation. However, no identifiable in- vertebrates have been found in it. Invertebrate fossils, as well as cobblerock, from the Ocala and Suwannee limestones are found mixed with the vertebrate fossils. It would seem then that the mammalian remains were buried during the interval between the deposition of the Suwannee limestone and the deposition of the upper part of the Haw- thorne formation. An examination of the geologic map of Florida shows that this local- ity was near the northern end of an island during the Lower Miocene. This gives a plausible explanation of the anomalies in the correlation of the vertebrate fauna. The forms in this fauna closely related to the Upper Miocene forms of the Plains developed on the island and were unable to escape to the mainland till after the Early Middle Miocene. WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 29 2. GEOLOGY LOCAL DETAILS Plate 14 The Raeford Thomas Farm is located 8 miles north of Bell in northern Gilchrist Co., Florida. It is near the eastern edge of the watershed which separates a series of small lakes on the east (which drain by an unnamed creek into the Santa Fe River) from the Su- wannee River on the west. On this watershed frozen (or fossil) sand dunes are the principal topographic features, with sinkholes running a close second. The top soil, in some places to a depth of many feet, is yellowish sand which may be the result of the weathering of the Hawthorne formation. The pit from which the fossils are being taken is on the eastern edge of a circular depression about 250 feet in diameter and about 20 feet deep. The form of the depression with its gently sloping sides and shallow depth is closer to that of a "blow out" between sand dunes than it is to a sink hole. A test hole, dug with a six inch auger, en- countered a rocky stratum at eight feet. The data obtained was not sufficient to determine whether this stratum was the Ocala limestone or a boulder bar similar to the one encountered in the pit. Although the evidence concerning the origin of this depression is not conclusive, there is no reason to suppose that it played any part in the deposition of the sediments which carry the mammalian remains. For additional information concerning the area around the pit I am greatly indebted to the Florida State Geological Survey for contribut- ing the time of Mr. Clarence Simpson, who spent two days boring testholes around the excavation. He took numerous samples from the test holes which were analyzed in the laboratory of the Survey. The main part of the pit is about 100 feet long and about 60 feet wide (Plate 14, fig. 1). The pit is about 14 feet deep in the deepest part. To facilitate the removal of the refuse earth a narrow trench, wide enough to permit a mule with a scrape to pass, was dug from the pit to the deepest part of the depression mentioned above. The surface of the area from which the fossils are taken is covered by loose, yellowish sand which varies in depth from a few inches to a few feet. The color and texture of this sand suggests that it may be the result of the disintegration of the calcareous sandstone members of the Hawthorne formation. Below the loose sand is a layer of joint 30 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology clay which varies in thickness from one to about four feet. In the area west of the boulder bar (Plate 14, fig. 4) the clay grades into the lime sand below it. It was here that the Florida State Geological Survey dug its pit and the Museum of Comparative Zoology started its excavation. A few species were found in this part of the excavation which have not been found in the deeper part. These forms are; Anchitheriwrn clarencei, Merychippus gunteri, and Mephititaxus ancipidens. The only identifiable specimens of Oxydactylus floridaivus, Paratylopus grandis, and Floridatragulus dolichanthcrvus were found here. However loose teeth and other fragments were found deeper in the pit. The joint clay contains much broken bone and loose teeth. A few horse skulls were found in this layer but were very badly broken although not badly crushed. At the eastern end of the pit, between the surface sand and the joint clay, is about three feet of cream colored, pumice-like sandstone with brown spots. Lithologically it resembles the upper members of the Hawthorne formation exposed in the Devil's Mill Hopper near Gainesville and that in a road cut between the Seaboard Railway Sta- tion at Gainesville and Bivin's Arm. Sandstone similar to that found at the pit, is exposed in road cuts along the highway north of Bell. The test holes, bored by Mr. Clarence Simpson, indicate that this sandstone once covered the area now being excavated. If the correla- tion of this sandstone is correct, this cycle of fluvial deposition was brought to a close by the invasion of the Hawthorne sea. Below the Joint clay is a layer of clay balls, which as near as could be determined, are eight to twelve inches in diameter. In some places they are piled four or five deep. In reality they are a mass of bone fragments and teeth held together by clay. Occasionally a nearly complete leg bone or jaw is found, but is usually very badly broken. There is a strong possibility that the bone fragments and isolated teeth are reworked material. At the west end of the pit, lying partly below the clay balls and partly below the joint clay, is a lens of lime sand whose greatest thickness is about three feet. The lime sand grades in the joint clay where the two are not separated by the clayballs. Also there is a lens of lime sand below the thin southwestern edge of the boulder bar (Plate 14, fig. 3). Most of the lime sand is moderately coarse but some of it is fine enough to be classed as silt. Most of the bones found in the lime sand are whole, but often they are so soft that it is im- possible to save them. Most of the specimens obtained by the Florida State Geological Survey came from the lime sand above the boulder WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 31 bar. Merychippus gunteri and advanced specimens of Parahippus leonensis occur here. Lying immediately below the beds mentioned above and extending diagonally across the excavation (Plate 14, fig. 1) is a bed of boulders which vary in size from two or three inches in diameter to as much as fifteen in the largest ones. However, the majority have a diameter of six or seven inches. The interstices between the boulders are filled with gravel and lime sand. All of this material appears to have been derived from the Suwannee and Ocala limestones. The material is entirely un- sorted. The bed is thickest at the middle and thins out at the edges. This bed contains many horse skulls which are hopelessly crushed. Some are moulded around boulders so that it is impossible to save them. Many invertebrates characteristic of the Suwannee and Ocala limestones are found in the boulder bar. Below the boulder bar the excavation has penetrated about six or seven feet into a bed of laminated bluish clay. Many of the laminae are separated by a thin layer of clean, white quartz sand, while others are separated by a thin layer of silt. There are local pebble layers which may be two or three inches thick. The bedding is very lenticular with most of the lenses only a few feet across. The preservation of the bone is the best in this part of the excavation. Although the skulls are crushed the bone is quite firm so that restoration is possible. The lack of sorting of the material which makes up the boulder bar, and the lenticular nature of the laminated clays below it, indicate that these sediments are not of marine or lacustrine, but of fluvial origin. The general outlines of the history of this stream are fairly obvious. The initial stage was a period of erosion during which the stream scoured out its channel in the soft Ocala and Suwannee limestones. Next the force of the stream was lessened so that it began to silt up its channel, burying the remains of the animals which perished along its course. Later the stream was rejuvenated and its carrying capacity increased to the extent that it was able to transport the large boulders which make up the boulder bar. Still later the transporting power was again reduced so that it was able to carry only fine sand and silt. Eventually the lower reaches of the stream were drowned by the ad- vance of the Hawthorne sea. The data for limiting the period of time represented by this deposit are the presence of Ocala and Suwannee invertebrates in the deposit and the Hawthorne formation lying above it. Thus this period of time began after the deposition of the Suwannee limestone (Upper- 32 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology most Oligocene) and came to a close before the end of Hawthorne time (Late Lower Miocene). Unfortunately there are no data concerning the duration of the period of channel cutting. The Ocala and Suwannee limestones are poorly consolidated and would erode very easily. If the structure of the Central Florida Dome at this time was at all similar to what it is today the gradient would be about four feet per mile. This would be sufficient gradient to cut a considerable channel in a relatively short time. The events which caused this stream to silt up its channel are not at all evident. Although Mansfield (1937, p. 42) presents evidence that the Tampa was a transgressing sea and that the upper zones overlap the lower, I believe this part of the stream was too far from the shoreline to have been affected. In view of the purity of the Ocala and Suwannee limestones this stream must have drained a very large area to have accumulated the amount of clay found in this deposit. Mansfield (1937, p. 44) insists that there was a period of uplift at the close of Tampa time. As near as can be determined from the distribution of the Tampa and Hawthorne sediments, the western edge of the Florida Plateau was elevated at this time. It seems logical that this would increase the size of the drainage basin and lengthen the stream. The increased drainage basin would increase the head of water and the transporting power so that it would be able to pile up the boulders found in the boulder bed. As the Hawthorne sea ad- vanced the stream again lost its power to transport boulders and cobble rock, and deposited sand and clay in its channel. Eventually this portion of the stream was drowned by the Hawthorne sea. PALEOGEOGRAPHY An examination of the geologic map of Florida shows that the area in which the mammalian fossils are found was undoubtedly an island during Lower Miocene time. In order to get a better concept of the sequence of events it seemed desirable to compile maps of the Early Tertiary formations of the southeastern United States. In these maps the solid lines represent the known limits of the outcrops and are not intended to represent old shore-lines. The dashed lines indicate the probable limits of the formation in areas in which it is buried under younger formations. Although I have covered most of Florida by auto during the past three winters, I have taken the data for these WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 33 maps from the more recent literature. For convenience I have in- cluded a correlation chart of the Oligocene and Miocene taken from Cooke (1935), except the Alabama Miocene which is from Semmes (1929) after Cooke. S. CAROLINA GEORGIA FLORIDA ALABAMA Eastern Western Eastern Western K Z in o a o t-< O 5= 3 - < Shoal River Oak Grove Sand Hattiesburg Clay o o Hawthorne Hawthorne Hawthorne Tampa Is. Chipola Marl Catahoula sandstone Tampa Is. Tampa Is. Flint River Flint River Suwannee limestone Flint River Flint River Chichasawhav Marl Absent? Repre- sented Absent? Bucatunna Clay z u I— 1 0 Absent Absent Glendon limestone Absent Glendon limestone Absent? Absent? Absent Marianna Is. Marianna limestone /Red /Bluff / lay z Cooper Marl Barn- well Barn- well Ocala Is Tivola tongue of Ocala Is. Ocala LS. Ocala LS. c o m 0) .5 - o O d c3 o M-l d o u 03 1-5 Yazoo Clay K • r f f c t J Santee Is. C 'ocoa Sand 34 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology The time interval to be considered here is that between the deposi- tion of the Ocala limestone of Upper Eocene age and the withdrawal of the Hawthorne sea. During this time Florida alternated between an island and a peninsular condition several times. This unstableness appears to have been due as much to minor crustal movements as to major variations in sea level. No attempt has been made to correlate the crustal movements of this area with those of the Caribbean. All available data indicate that Florida was a submerged plateau throughout the Eocene. The close of the Eocene was marked by the beginning of a series of crustal movements which resulted in the formation of the Central Florida Dome. The distribution of the Oligocene and Miocene sediments indicate that the dome is the result of two sets of pressures working at nearly right angles to each other and at different times. That initiated at the close of the Eocene was a northwest-southeast pressure which affected the whole of the plateau and forced all but the southern portion out of water. At the same time there was a compensatory downwarping of the strata across the northern end of the plateau to form the Okefenokee Trough. At dif- ferent times the sea invaded this trough and cut Florida off from the mainland. During the Lower Oligocene, while the Marianna limestone was being deposited, the sea invaded the Okefenokee Trough only far enough to form a large bay at either end (Text fig. 5). The evidence for the bay in southeastern Georgia is the unusual thickness of the Oligocene sediments reported by Pretty man and Cave (1923) as being encountered in deep wells. However these sediments were identified mainly on lithological grounds. There was a renewal of the crustal movements at the close of Marianna time, which resulted in the formation of the Hatchatigbee Arch in western Alabama and in deepening of the Okefenokee Trough so that the Gulf communicated with the Atlantic across North Florida and South Georgia (Text fig. 6) through a strait, probably not over 50 or 60 miles wide. At this time the Glendon limestone was deposited. This period of deposition appears to have been brought to a close by a period of general emergence without any noticeable deformation of the land mass, and Florida was again connected with the mainland. The late Upper Oligocene was a period of general submergence which reduced Florida to a relatively small island in what is now the northwestern part of the peninsula (Text fig. 7). The strait which separated Florida from the mainland must have been nearly 150 white: lower MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 35 miles wide. During this time the Flint River and Suwannee limestones were laid down. This period of deposition was brought to a close by a renewal of the crustal movements which marked the opening of the STRUCTURE MAP OF FLORIDA AND ADJACENT AREAS CONTOURS ON TOP OF OCA LA LIMESTONE Fig. 4. Structure map of Florida and adjacent areas from Mossom (1926), Cooke and Mossom (1928), and Prettyman and Cave (1923). Oligocene. At this time the Chattahoochie Arch in southwestern Georgia and southeastern Alabama was formed. The distribution of the Flint River sediments indicate that the main axis of the arch has a northeast-southwest direction rather than a north-south one as 36 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology postulated by Stephenson and Veatch (1915, p. 58). The formation of the arch seriously restricted the width of the trough in this area. During this same time interval the Florida Plateau was subjected to east-west pressure which shifted the long axis of the dome from an east-west direction to a north-south one. Stephenson and Veatch (1915, p. 59) applied the name Withlacoochie Anticline to the northern part of the Central Florida Dome. I have used the latter term because it seemed to convey a cleared concept of the doming of the Ocala limestone. Although the contact between the Suwannee and Tampa limestones has not been observed, the very different distributional patterns of the outcrops of the two limestones permit us to postulate an interval of uplift and a land connection between the island and the mainland during the interval between their depositions. Prettyman and Cave (1923, p. 82) report that the Chattahoochie ( = Tampa) limestone is conglomeratic in the southwestern part of Georgia and that it lies unconf ormably above the Glendon ( = Flint River) limestone. The very thin layer of limestone in the Ocala area containing Late Tampa Fossils (Mansfield, 1937, p. 24) indicate that there was con- tinuous subsidence of the island till the end of Tampa time. The thickness of the Tampa limestone reported in the deep wells which have been studied substantiate this. The thicknesses are: Monroe Co.— 300 ft. (Cole, 1941, p. 10); Polk Co. 140 ft. (ibid, p. 5); Gulf Co. 84 ft. (Cole, 1938, p. 9). Mansfield (1937, p. 31) reported a thickness of 89 ft. for the Tampa limestone in Gadsen Co. (Type locality of the Chattahoochie formation). Small discrepancies are inevitable in well records unless a continuous log is kept, but the differences shown here are much too great to attribute to normal error. Consequently it seems reasonable to assume that the younger zones of the Tampa limestone overlap the older. Concerning the interval between the Tampa and Hawthorne, Mans- field (1937, p. 44) says: "The lithological and the faunal difference between the Tampa limestone and the succeeding Alum Bluff group seem too great to attribute solely to shifting of shore-line currents and therefore strongly suggest a period of uplift at the end of Tampa time, followed by subsidence and deposition of the Alum Bluff group." Cushman and Ponton (1932, p. 31) say: "However, in the case of the Chipola formation along the Chipola River, at and near its type locality, we find the soft, greenish-gray shell marl of the Chipola lying on what looks like the eroded surface of the hard, white to buff lime- stone of the Tampa." This area appears to be rather close to the north white: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 37 boundary of the Okefenokee Trough and could be only a local uncon- formity. However at Rock Bluff in Liberty Co. the section is very different. Cooke and Mossom (1928, p. 119) say: "It is difficult to SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE DISTRIBUTION OF THE MAR/ANNA LIMESTONE Fig. 5. Distribution of Marianna limestone (stippled portion). draw the line precisely between the Tampa limestone and the Haw- thorne formation at Rock Bluff, for one seems to grade perfectly into the other." Rock Bluff is about 20 miles north of what is believed to have been the middle of the Okefenokee Trough. Consequently there is no good evidence that the trough was drained at this time. 38 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology The distribution of the outcrops of the Tampa limestone and Haw- thorne formation show that the western side of the Florida Plateau was elevated at the close of Tampa time so that the bulk of the land SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GL ENDON L IMES TONE Fig. 6. Distribution of Glendon limestone. lay west of the axis of the plateau. In the excavations in Gilchrist Co., a boulder bar (some of the boulders were fifteen inches in diameter) was encountered in the old stream channel in which the fossils are found. It seems logical that this bar should have been formed at this interval of uplift. The elevation of the west coast alone would have white: lower miocene mammal fauna of Florida 39 given the stream sufficient gradient to transport the boulders. There is no evidence in the fossil mammals for postulating a land bridge be- tween the island and the continent at this time. SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FLINT RIVER AND EQUIVALENT FORMATIONS Fig. 7. Distribution of Flint River and equivalent formations. Because of the very poor state of preservation of the fossils found in the Hawthorne formation, there is considerable doubt concerning the amount of time that it represents. Cooke and Mossom (1928, p. 98) say: "In the Peninsula the Alum Bluff group is represented by the Hawthorne formation. Fossils obtained from the Hawthorne show 40 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology that at least part of it is of Chipola age, but its fauna at some localities seems to be younger than the Chipola." On page 110 of the same pub- lication they report that the Oak Grove fauna is found on hilltops near SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE DISTRIBUTION OF FHE TAMPA LIMESTONE Fig. 8. Distribution of Tampa limestone. Bainbridge, Georgia and Roberts, Escambia Co., Alabama. Cooke (1935, p. 100) assigns the Alum Bluff of Georgia to the Hawthorne formation. It would appear then that the Hawthorne included beds equivalent in age to the Oak Grove Sand, but, as far as I have been able to learn, the Shoal River fauna has not been recognized in the Hawthorne formation. white: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 41 At Alum Bluff, 4j/£ miles north of Blountstown, Liberty Co., Florida Cooke and Mossom (1928, p. 108) record an unconformity between the Chipola formation and the overlying, plant-bearing beds whose age is / THOMAS FARM 2 MIDWAY 3 GRISCOM PLANTATION SURFACE AND SUB5URFACE DISTRIBUTION OF THE HAWTHORNE AND EQUIVALENT FORMATIONS Fig. 9. Distribution of Hawthorne and equivalent formations. still in doubt. This locality is so close to the north boundary of the Oke- fenokee Trough that the unconformity could be caused by a fluctuation of the shore line that would not necessarily drain the trough. As far as I have been able to learn this is the only unconformity recorded in the Hawthorne formation. 42 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Cushman and Ponton (1932) seem to be of the opinion that there was no wide spread interruption in deposition during Alum Bluff time. They (1932, p. 32) say: "The shore-line during this period was a very variable feature, advancing and retreating, depositing beds of varying thickness but all comparatively thin, and forming over-laps to such an extent that it is possible that such over-laps might be mistaken for an unconformity, even between successive zones at any one exposure." If the unconformity above the Chipola formation at Alum Bluff is only a local feature, the mammalian fauna of the island would have no opportunity to communicate with that of the mainland till after the close of Oak Grove time. This agrees very well with the present corre- lation of the continental Miocene of the Great Plains. Tomarctus thomasi, Amphicyon longiramus, Parahippus barbouri, P. leonensis, and Merychippus gunteri of the Lower Miocene fauna of Florida are very closely related to Tomarctus optatus and brccirostris, Amphicyon sinapius, Parahippus coloradcnsis and brevidcns, P. cognatns and brevidens, and Merychippus primus respectively, of the Late Middle and Upper Miocene of the Plains. That the latter group have no close relatives in the Lower Miocene fauna of the Plains lends support to the idea that they descended from the Florida stock, but were unable to reach the Plains till after Oak Grove time. It seems probable that the mammalian fossils found at Quincy, Mid- way, and Griscom Plantation (since they occur in marine sediments) had been washed out to sea after severe storms either as carcasses or as individual bones. ENVIRONMENT During the time period represented by the fluvial deposit in Gilchrist Co., Florida was a limestone island cut off from the mainland by a shallow sea fifty or sixty miles wide. In Tampa time Florida was an elliptical island roughly 220 miles north-south by 100 east-west. The crustal movements at the end of Tampa time shifted the shore line some but only slightly increased the width. The strait which separated the island from the continent was not appreciably wider during Haw- thorne time than during the Tampa. If the structure of Florida (Text fig. 4) during the Lower Mio- cene was at all similar to that of today the highest part of the island would have had an elevation of about 200 feet. This is not enough seriously to affect the climate. There is no reason to suppose that the climate was verv different then than now. white: lower miocene mammal fauna ok Florida 43 The bedrock of the central part of the island was formed by the Ocala limestone and the Suwannee limestone formed that around the edges. Both of these limestones are granular and poorly consolidated. Also both are very pure, but of the two the Suwannee limestone carries a slightly higher content of impurities. Concerning the Ocala lime- stone Cooke and Mossom (1928, p. 48) say: "Its texture is commonly granidar, but parts of it have been converted to hard, compact rock by the deposition of travertine or calcite in its interspaces. In some places it consists of a loosely coherent mass of Foraminifera, Bryozoa, and other small organisms, a mass so porous that water can percolate freely through it; elsewhere it is finer grained and more compact, al- though still pervious to water. "In chemical composition, as in physical character, the Ocala lime- stone is remarkably uniform. It consists almost entirely of carbonate of lime, and in places contains as little as four-tenths of one percent of impurities." The same statements are essentially true of the Suwannee limestone. Of it Mansfield (1937, p. 46) says: "The formation consists almost en- tirely of limestone. The unweathered rock is granular to dense, com- pact, usually cream-colored, rather pure limestone. The lower part is at many places more granular than the upper. Mossom gives the following analysis of Suwannee limestone for the quarry of the Florida Hard Rock Products Co., Brooksville, Fla.: "Silica (Si02) (3.54 Iron and alumina (Fe+Al) 1.44 Calcium carbonate (CaC03) 91.09 Magnesium carbonate (MgC03) trace Undetermined .93 100.00" There is, in the Tampa area, a bed of "tough, plastic, greenish sandy clay" 41 to 64 feet thick (Mansfield, 1937, p. 14) below the Tampa limestone. This bed has been encountered in wells and is not known as an outcrop. A somewhat similar deposit is recorded (Mansfield, ibid, p. 29) below the Tampa limestone at Wyley Landing, Georgia. Similar deposits of this age are as yet unknown elsewhere in Florida. It is possible that both are delta deposits and very local in extent. From the above it is evident that the soil of this island, during the Lower Miocene, was a soft, porous, very pure limestone into which the plants could force their roots without much difficulty. Also these 44 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology limestones are highly fossiliferous and the hard parts of marine organ- isms are in sufficient abundance to supply more than the necessary amount of phosphorus. The abundance of sinkholes in Florida today is ample evidence that these limestones were sufficiently soluble to be available to plants as food. Undoubtedly the soil conditions were similar to that in the Miami-Homestead area today. This area sup- ports abundant vegetation when it receives sufficient rainfall. Unfortunately there are no fossil plants found in the deposit in which the mammalian remains occur. However, it is permissible to suppose that the vegetation was similar to that found in the Miami- Homestead area today. It is interesting that cement on the teeth of horses in quantity to be functionally advantageous should make its geologically earliest appear- ance in a region whose soil contained a superabundance of calcium and phosphorus. The deposition of cement around the roots of the teeth and a small amount at the base of the crown is nearly universal in the mammals. That the cement depositing organ should suddenly begin to deposit an excess of cement around the teeth is obviously the result of a change in the animal's physiology. The progressive specimens were able to utilize some of the abundant calcium, or what is just as probable and just as important, they may have lacked the ability to excrete the excess calcium and were forced to utilize it. The deposition of cement on the crown of the teeth was a genetically unstable character in all of the species of fossil horses in this deposit except Merychippus gun- teri. In this species it arrived at a more or less stable quantity after a series of progressive changes from species to species, each having more than its parent, but each presenting a rather wide variation within the species. It would seem then that the deposition of a large amount of cement on the teeth was a hereditary factor which gained complete dominance in this stock at the time it reached the Merychippus stage of development. CONCLUSIONS The lenticular nature of the laminated clays and the unsorted ma- terial in the boulder bar show that the mammal bearing sediments were deposited in the channel of a stream which had arrived at grade. Although the data are not available to date exactly the beginning and end of the time interval represented by this deposit it is evident that it began after the deposition of the Suwannee limestone and was brought to a close by the invasion of the Hawthorne sea. The time interval is undoubtedly equivalent to most of the Tampa limestone WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 45 and the lower part of the Hawthorne formation. The Carnivora and the Artiodaetyla have a decided Lower Miocene aspect, and both groups contain at least one genus which is not found on the Great Plains in deposits later than the Upper John Day. The Equidae and some of the Carnivora are very progressive and have as their closest relatives, forms which are found in the Middle and Upper Miocene deposits of the Plains. This disagreement with the stratigraphical data has a plausible explanation in that these forms developed on insular Florida and were unable to escape to the mainland till the end of Oak Grove time. It is thought (on the basis of the difference in the distribution of the Flint River and Tampa sediments) that the conti- nental fauna had an opportunity to reach Florida during the Flint River-Tampa interval, but the evidence is not conclusive. If this should eventually prove to be untrue and that the only opportunity for this fauna to reach Florida was during the Glendon-Flint River interval it will be necessary to revise downward the correlation of the Upper Oligocene and Basal Miocene deposits of the Great Plains. In only one species (Parahippus leonensis Sellards) are there enough specimens to note the amount of variation. It is possible to divide this series into three groups on the basis of the extremes of the variations which I shall refer to as the conservatives, progressives, and aberrant. The intergrades are sufficiently numerous that no specific separation is possible. The aberrations are not of a lethal or deleterious nature and show up occasionally in the milk teeth of Mcrychippus. They usually express themselves in unusual patterns of the crochet and as multiple plications on the metaloph. This may be the result of unusual activity of the endocrine glands during the time of the forma- tion of the permanent teeth. In the case of the conservative and pro- gressive specimens the difference may be that between sexes. If the principle of Unequal Growth is the correct explanation of the process of the folding of the enamel on the metaloph, it seems reasonable to suppose that the females, with a lower rate of metabolism, would have a less rapid proliferation of the enamel depositing cells and a simpler enamel pattern. However this question cannot be answered till asso- ciated skeletons are found. This series of fossil horses furnish relatively detailed data on specia- tion in this group. Although the series is not complete, the gaps are so small that they can be bridged with no difficulty. These species {Parahippus blackbergi-barbouri-leonensis-Merychippus gunteri) are a monophyletic series illustrating the development of Merychippus from a very primitive species of Parahippus. In the end there is a condition 46 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology in which the difference between these two genera is no greater than that which exists between two species of the same genus. Speciation Mtohi, LPP us rarah ipp< U3 Merychtppui 5: Niobrara River Lower Snaki Creek Cognatt us ^Pa Mascall Deep River vwnee Creek crentdens Coloraaens'is breviaens se/unctus 1 oheep Creek Garvin Gully Ce oar Run blackbergi Oak Grove ilL yea 1 cans R nmus Hawthorne Tampa I •0 I [2 leorjt ensis barbout blackbergi. aunt en Flint Rt ver I am pa Interval Fig. 10. Graphic representation of the relationships of some of the species of fossil horses. proceeded rather rapidly and the whole process took place in a rather short period of time. Nor was the entire population transformed from one species into another but the new species split off from the parent WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 47 species by series of progressive changes and the two existed side by side for most of the remainder of the Miocene. Soon after the new species split oft' from the parent species it gave rise to another new species and so on. Unfortunately the record stops with the production of Merychippus gunteri. It would seem that a "high biotic potential" appeared in this stock and was passed on to each new species by robbing the parent species, although the parent species persisted, with di- minishing abundance, till near the close of the Miocene. The idea is graphically represented in Text fig. 10. This is entirely compatible with the record of the appearance of major groups in geologic time. The data on speciation obtained from this series indicate that the phylo- genetic relationships of species based on a series from a single time unit are more nearly correct than formerly supposed, because this pic- ture would be essentially the same whether the series was taken from the Hawthorne, or Sheep Creek, or Deep River. It is obvious from the above data that Natural Selection could have played no part in the development of Meri/chippus and that the causes of speciation are to be found within the animals themselves. The identification of the causes is the work of the physiologist, the endocrinologist, and the biochemist. The paleontologist can only catalogue the changes after they have taken place. 48 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Geological Literature Campbell, R. B. 1940. Outline of the Geological History of Florida. Proc. Fla. Acad. Sri., 4, p. 87. Cole, W. S. 1938. Stratigraphy and Micropaleontology of Two Deep Wells in Florida. Florida Dept. Conserv., Geol. Bull., No. 16. 1941. Stratigraphic and Paleontologic Studies of Wells in Florida. Fla. Dept. Conserv., Geol. Bull., No. 19. Cooke, C. W. 1923. The Correlation of the Vicksburg Group. U.S.G.S. Prof. Paper 133. 1926. The Cenozoic Formations in the Geology of Alabama. Geol. Sur- vey of Alabama, Special Report No. 14. 1935. Notes on the Vicksburg Group. Am. Ass. Petrol. Geol., Bull., 19. No. 8, p. 1162. 1936. Geology of the Coastal Plain of South Carolina. U.S.G.S., Bull. 867. 1939. The Boundary between the Oligocene and Miocene. Am. Ass. Pet" rol. Geol., Bull., 23, p. 1560. 1940. Prefatory Note in W. C. Mansfield's Mollusks of the Chickasawhay Marl. Journ. Paleont., 14, p. 171. Cooke, C. W. and Mansfield, W. C. 1936. Suwannee Limestone of Florida. Proc. Geol. Soc. Amer. for 1935, p. 71. Cooke, C. W. and Mossom, Stuart 1928. Geology of Florida. Florida State Geol. Survey, Twentieth Ann. Report. Cushman, J. A. and Ponton, G. M. 1932. The Foraminifera of the Upper, Middle and part of the Lower Miocene of Florida. Florida State Geol. Survey, Bull. No. 9. Howe, Henry V. 1942. Fauna of the Glendon Limestone at its Type Locality. Journ. Paleont., 16, p. 264. Mansfield, W. C. 1937. Mollusks of the Tampa and Suwannee Limestones of Florida. Fla. Dept. Conserv., Geol. Bull. No. 15. WHITE: LOWER MIOCENE MAMMAL FAUNA OF FLORIDA 49 Matson, G. C. and Sanford, Samuel 1913. Geology and Ground Waters of Florida. U.S.G.S. Water-supply paper 319. Mossom, Stuart 1926. A Review of the Structure and Stratigraphy of Florida with Special Reference to the Petroleum Possibilities. Florida State Geol. Survey, 17th Ann. Report, p. 169. Prettyman T. M. and Cave, H. S. 1923. Petroleum and Natural Gas Possibilities in Georgia. Geol. Survey of Georgia, Bull. No. 40. Semmes, D. R. 1929. Oil and Gas in Alabama. Geol. Survey of Alabama, Special Re- port 15. Stephenson, L. W. and Veatch, J. O. 1915. Underground Waters of the Coastal Plain of Georgia. U.S.G.S. Water-supply Paper 341. Toulmin, Lyman D., Jr. 1940. The Salt Mountain Limestone of Alabama. Geol. Survey of Alabama, Bull. 46. Veatch, J. O. and Stephenson, L. W. 1911. Geology of the Coastal Plain of Georgia. Geol. Survey of Georgia, Bull. 26. EXPLANATION OF PLATES PLATE 1 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 1 Fig. 1. Daphaenus caroniavorus spec. nov. Type, M.C.Z. No. 3727, Crown view of left M1^. x 2%. Fig. 2. Paradaphaenus tropicalis spec. nov. Type, M.C.Z. No. 3729, right PMVR x2H- Fig. 3. Nothocyon insularis spec. nov. Type, M.C.Z. No. 3812, occlusal view of right P4-M2. x 2M. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL White Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 1 M.C.Z. 372.7 V rW- MC.Z. 3729 M.C.Z. 3812 PLATE 2 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 2 Fig. 1. Paradaphaenus nobilis (Simpson). M.C.Z. No. 3725, occlusal view of left P"-M2. x 23^. Fig. 2. Tomarctus canavus (Simpson). M.C.Z. No. 3813, occlusal view of leftPMVP. x2j^. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL White: Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate2 PLATE 3 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 3 Fig. 1. Lateral and Fig. 2, occlusal views of Paradaphaenas nobilis (Simp- son). M.C.Z. No. 3724. x 1. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 3 PLATE 4 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 4 Fig. 1. Occlusal, and Fig. 2, lateral views of Paradaphaenus tropicalis spec. nov. Paratype, M.C.Z. No. 3714. x 1. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White: Lower M iocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 4 PLATE 5 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 5 Fig. 1. Occlusal, and Fig. 2, lateral views of Amphicyon longiramus spec, nov. Type, M.C.Z. No. 3919. x 1/2. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 5 PLATE 6 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 6 Fig. 1. Medial, Fig. 2, occlusal, and Fig. 3, lateral views of Tomarctus canavus (Simpson). M.C.Z. No. 3628. x 1. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White: Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 6 Fig. 2 M.CZ.3628 PLATE 7 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 7 Fig. 1. Occlusal, and Fig. 2, lateral views of Tomarctus thomasi White. M.C.Z. No. 3712. x 1. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White: Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 7 sm m* <;f v PLATE 8 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 8 Fig. 1. Palatal, and Fig. 2, lateral views of skull of Hypcrmekops olseni gen. et spec. nov. Genoholotype, M.C.Z. No. 3711. x 4/10. Fig. 3. Occlusal view of left P2-M3. x 4/5. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White; Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 8 PLATE 9 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 9 Fig. 1. Lateral, and Fig. 2, occlusal views of left mandible of Aiichitherium clarencei Simpson. M.C.Z. No. 3810. x 2/3. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White: Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate9 PLATE 10 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 10 Fig. 1. Occlusal view of left upper dentition of Parahippus blackbergi (Hay). M.C.Z. No. 3829. x iy2. Fig. 2. Lateral, and Fig. 3, occlusal view of milk teeth and permanent molars of Parahippus blackbergi (Hay). M3 has been artificially exposed. A/I ri V -NT,, oo An -il/ M.C.Z. No. 3840. x \V2. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 10 >/^ WHi %m ^^ .a '■^imi m PLATE 11 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 11 Fig. 1. Occlusal, and Fig. 2, lateral views of upper right cheek teeth of Parahippus barbouri spec. nov. Type, M.C.Z. No. 3646. x 1. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 11 V\ PLATE 12 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 12 Fig. 1. Occlusal, and Fig. 2, lateral views of right mandible of Parahippus barbouri spec. nov. Paratype, M.C.Z. No. 3814. x 1/2. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White: LowerMiocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 12 PLATE 13 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 13 Fig. 1. Conservative (M.C.Z. No. 3921), and Fig. 2, progressive (M.C.Z. No. 3744) specimens of Parahippus leonensis Sellards. xl|. Fig. 3. Merychippus gunteri Simpson. M.C.Z. No. 3801. Occlusal view of upper right cheek teeth, x 4/5. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White; Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 13 -/^ 'W7 3-TlH s N PLATE 14 White — Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida PLATE 14 Details of the Excavation in North Florida. Fig. 1, diagrammatic plan of excavation. The dotted line indicates the approximate limits of the boulder bar, and the dashed line indicates the edge of the outlier of the Hawthorne formation. Fig. 2, Generalized section along line BJ-B. Fig. 3, Generalized section along line C'-C. Fig. 4, generalized section along line AJ-A. BULL. MUS. COMP. ZOOL. White: Lower Miocene Mammal Fauna of Florida. Plate 14 Hi ir, CM -J it II So N ^ ^1 in 1 1 I ^ 0 •1 I'll m a -* 3-hr 0> * Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE Vol. XCII, No. 2 FIRST SUPPLEMENT TO THE LIST OF TYPES OF BIRDS NOW IN THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY By James L. Peters CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A. PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM March, 1943 No. 2. — First Supplement to the List of Types of Birds now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology By James L. Peters In March 1930 was published in this Bulletin (70, 4, p. 147-426) a list of the types of birds then in the collection. The author was Outram Bangs, Curator of Birds, who between 1909 and the time of his death in 1932 built up the museum's bird collection from a small and inadequate one to one of the finest anywhere. The List of Types was published as an anniversary volume and was first distributed on the evening of 17 March, 1930 at a meeting of the Nuttall Ornithological Club, when Bangs' fiftieth anniversary of election to membership in the Club was appropriately celebrated. Since the publication of the first list of types, an open manuscript has been kept in anticipation of publishing a supplement at some future date. Comments on types made by Outram Bangs in the open manuscript are initialed O. B. Otherwise the author is responsible for such discussion. The time for publication of the supplemental list has now arrived, since it seems probable that no important ornitho- logical discoveries based on exploration and new field work will be made for some years to come. The order of this supplemental list is the same as that employed in the first list, i.e., that of Sharpe's Hand-List. The dagger (f ) indicates that the name is surely a synonym. This also seems an opportune time to publish a bibliography of the writings of Outram Bangs ; no such list has been published previously, and since Bangs' period of activity extended for nearly forty years and his articles appeared in many different journals, it is doubtful if a complete bibliography could be prepared without access to his own carefully kept set. The task of preparing this bibliography was entrusted to Miss Margaret D. Porter (now Mrs. Chandler Bigelow) formerly a Research Assistant in the Bird Department, whose catalogues and card entries bear testimony to the many hours of painstaking care she put into her work. 54 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology TINAMIDAE Crypturellus soui decolor Griscom and Greenway Crypturellus soui decolor Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 417. Type. No. 173012, ad. c?; Brazil: Para; Pinhy, on the right bank of the Rio Tapajoz; 15 June, 1933; A. M. Olalla. Listed as No. 173021 in the original description due to typographical error. CRACIDAE Penelope superctliaris argyromitra Neumann Penelope superciliaris argyromitra Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 53, 31 Jan- uary, 1933, p. 94. Type. No. 160966, ad. 9 ; Brazil: Central Goyaz, Veadeiros, near Forte, "2/12/" 1929; Jose Blaser. Compared with birds from the Tapajoz and Santarem, Neumann's type differs chiefly in that the whitish superciliaries meet across the forehead; the superciliaries are broader than in specimens from Bahia and Sao Paulo. The type is much grayer (less green or bronzy) than any specimens of P. superciliaris in the Museum of Comparative Zoology; it is also in much more worn plumage than any skins of the species we possess. Forte is in east-central Goyaz on the Rio Paranan, about 150 miles from its junction with the Tocantins. Ortalis wagleri griseiceps van Rossem Ort-alis wagleri cinereiceps van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 431. Type. No. 224937, ad. <?; Mexico: Sonora, Alamos; 16 March, 1888; M. A. Frazar. Ortalis garrula mira Griscom Ortalis garrula mira Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 318. Type. No. 156508, ad. o71 ," Eastern Panama: Ranchon, Caribbean slope; 20 January, 1931; H. Wedel. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 55 PHASIANIDAE Francolinus squamatus uzungwensis Bangs and Loveridge Francolinus squamatus uzungwensis Bangs and Loveridge, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 12, 1931, p. 93. Type. No. 148262, ad. cf ; Tanganyika Territory: Kigogo, Uzungwe Moun- tains; 30 January, 1931; A. Loveridge. Ithaginis cruentus holoptilus Greenway Ithaginis cruentus holoptilus Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 74, 5, 20 February, 1930, p. 113. Type. No. 160786, ad. cf; China: Yunnan, Likiang district, Chou-yu-gko, above Tao-mung-chung; east slopes of the Yangtse-Mekong Divide, 13,000 to 15,000 feet; April, 1931; Joseph F. Rock. Pucrasia joretiaxa Heude Pucrasia Joretiana Heude, Ibis, 1883, p. 225. Cotype. No. 132657, from the La Touche Collection. This skin is one of Heude's original specimens, and as such is a cotype. It was given, with that assurance, to La Touche by Father F. Courtois. Heude gave no locality for his specimens, but without much doubt they came from the mountains of Anhwei Province, where the species has since been found to live. Hartert is quite right, it seems to me, in carrying this peculiar short crested form as a distinct species. [O. B.] ODONTOPHORIDAE Cyrtonyx ocellatus differens Griscom Cyrtonyx ocellatus differens Griscom, Proc. New Eng. Zool. Club, 13, 7 Novem- ber, 1932, p. 56. Type. No. 161001, ad. a" ; Honduras : Hatillo; 8 May, 1932; C. F. Underwood. ■ Rhynchortyx cinctus hypopius Griscom Rhynchortyx cinctus hypopius Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 320. Type. No. 155038, ad. 9 ; Eastern Panama: Obaldia, Caribbean slope; 12 August, 1930; H. Wedel. 56 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology TURNICIDAE Turnix sylvatica kinneari Neumann Turnix sylvatica kinneari Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 1939, p. 91. Type. No. 270547, 9 ; Peling Island; 20 July, 1938; J. J. Menden. PTEROCLIDIDAE Pterocles senegallus remotus Neumann Pterocles senegallus remotus Neumann, Anz. Orn. Ges. Bayern, 20, 1934, p. 471. Type. No. 166790, ad. d"; India: Cutch, Kunaria, 300 ft.; 20 February, 1934; Sir G. F. Archer. Pterocles orientalis enigmaticus Neumann Pterocles orientalis enigmaticus Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 55, 31 Decem- ber, 1934, p. 73. Type. No. 166788, ad. d1; India: near Rann of Cutch; 1 January, 1934; Sir G. F. Archer. Pterocles lichtensteinii nigricans Neumann Pterocles lichtensteinii nigricans Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 55, 31 December, 1934, p. 72. Type. No. 166786, ad. d1; southern Ethiopia: Suksuk River (between Lake Zwai and Afchafdo); 6 April, 1925; Oscar Neumann. COLUMBIDAE Leucotreron subgularis restrictus Ripley Leucotrcron subgularis restrictus Ripley, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8, 3 March, 1941, p. 349. Type. No. 166923, ad. d1; Celebes: Gimpoe, 22 August, 1917; H. C. Raven. Macropygia amboinensis atrata Ripley Macro pygia amboinensis atrata Ripley, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8, 3 March, 1941, p. 351. Type. No. 270115, ad. d1; Togian Islands: Oena Oena, 3 September, 1939; J. J. Menden. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 57 Streptopelia vinacea bailunduensis Neumann now Streptopelia capicola bailunduensis Neumann Streptopelia vinacea bailunduensis Neumann, Verh. Orn. Ges. Bayern, 20, Heft 1, 1933, p. 226. Type. No. 165837, ad. o\- Benguella: Bailundu, Chipepe, 7 July, 1928; Paul Koester. This form is apparently most nearly related to S. c. damarensis (Finish and Hartlaub). Neumann considers the "Artenkreise" Streptopelia capicola and S. vinacea as belonging to the same "formen- kreis", but I follow Sclater and other recent writers on African birds in considering the two distinct. Those adhering to the latter as the correct view will call this bird S. capicola bailunduensis. Claravis mondetoura umbrina Griscom Claravis mondetoura umbrina Griscom, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5, 1930, p. 288. Type. No. 116433, ad. 9 ; Costa Rica: La Estrella de Cartago; 28 December, 1900; C. F. Underwood. Claravis mondetoura pulchra Griscom Claravis mondetoura pulchra Griscom, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5, 1930, p. 288. Type. No. 109178, ad.d"; western Panama: Boquete; 27 March, 1901; W. W. Brown. Leptotila plumbeiceps notius Peters Leptotila plumbeiceps notius Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 71, 1931, p. 298. Type. No. 137625, ad. c? ; Panama: Almirante; 15 November, 1928; H. Wedel. Leptotila rufaxilla hypochroos Griscom and Greenway Leptotila rufaxilla hypochroos Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 419. Type. No. 143253, ad. cf; Surinam: Paramaribo; 26 July, 1914; native collectors for T. E. Penard. Oreopeleia la wrench lentipes Peters Oreopelia [sic] lawrencii lentipes Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 71, 1931, p. 300. Type. No. 121126, ad.c?; Costa Rica: Tenorio; 11 February, 1908; C. F. Underwood. 58 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology RALLIDAE Rallus longirostris belizensis Oberholser Rallus longirostris belizensis Oberholser, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 84, 3018, 30 June, 1937, p. 335. Type. No. 119747, ad. 9 ; British Honduras: Ycacos Lagoon; 14 May, 1907; Morton E. Peck. Rallus striatus insulsus Greenway Rallus striatus insulsus Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 14, 1 February, 1935, p. 28. Type. No. 167023, ad. 9 ; northeastern New Guinea: Morobe district, Wau, 3800 feet; 15 May, 1932; Herbert Stevens. PORZANA ALBICOLLIS TYPHOECA Peters Porzana albicollis typhoeca Peters, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 19 December, 1932, p. 66. Type. No. 141834, ad. 9 ; Colombia: Santa Marta, Rio Frio; 21 August, 1928; P. J. Darlington, Jr. Porzana flaviventer bangsi Darlington Porzana flaviventer bangsi Darlington, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 71, 1931, p. 372. Type. No. 141831, ad. cf; Colombia: Santa Marta region, Cienaga; April 13, 1929; P. J. Darlington, Jr. COLYMBIDAE Colymbus dominicus bangsi van Rossem and Hachisuka Colyntbus dominicus bangsi van Rossem and Hachisuka, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 8, 15 June, 1937, p. 323. Type. No. 218269, ad. 9 ; Lower California: Santiago; 15 November, 1887; M. A. Frazar. ALCIDAE Catarractes californicus Bryant now Uria aalge californicus (Bryant) Catarractes californicus Bryant, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8, 1861, p. 142. Cotype. No. 46265, ad. <? ; Farallon Islands, California, (probably collected by Ferdinand Gruber, summer of 1860). Bryant Collection No. 1156. When Penard and I wrote an account of the types of the birds described by Dr. Henry Bryant (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 67, 3, peters: supplementary list of types of birds 59 June 1925) we did not claim type or cotype of Catarractes californicus. At the time the type was supposed to be No. 17402 in the United States National Museum, and our beautiful specimen, No. 1156 Bryant Collection, we, rather reluctantly, did not mention at all. Lately Grinnell (Type Localities of Birds Described from Cali- fornia, Univ. of Cal. Publ. Zool., 38, 3, 1932, p. 273) says that No. 17402 is not now in the National Museum, "having probably been given away or exchanged under a policy of distribution obtaining under the Bairdian regime". It seems to me that very likely it was given to Dr. Bryant (and is No. 1156 of his collection) who at that time received many skins from the National Museum. I therefore immediately sent the Bryant Collection specimen to Dr. Grinnell, who after carefully examining it very kindly wrote, "I am sending back to you the undoubted cotype of Catarractes cali- f omicus Bryant. I grant that it may be the type — in that it might be the missing number 17402 of the National Museum. Its bill cer- tainly fits Bryant's drawing 'No. 3. C. californicus adult' ". I agree with Grinnell that it is, on the whole, best to regard this skin and the one still in the National Museum No. 17407, as co types rather than to assume that our specimen is the missing No. 17402 and therefore the holotype. Bryant followed the custom of his time and removed original labels and substituted his own on all birds he acquired in exchange or by purchase. For that reason we can now but guess the original number of the present skin. [O. B.] LARIDAE Sterna bengalensis emigrata Neumann now Thalasseus bengalensis emigratus (Neumann) Sterna bengalensis emigrata Neumann, Anz. Orn. Ges. Bayern, 2, 8 March, 1934, p. 331. Type. No. 160968, ad. 9 ; Morocco: Tangier Region; Oleese. PSOPHIIDAE Psophia viridis interjecta Griscom and Greenway P sophia viridis interjecta Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 419. • Type. No. 173207, ad.d"; Brazil: Para, Cavieta on the left bank of the Rio Tocantins; 20 December, 1932; A. M. Olalla. 60 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology ARDEIDAE Nycticorax caledonicus cancrivorus Neumann Nycoticorax caledonicus cancrivorus Neumann, Orn. Monatsb., 38, 1930, p. 18. Type. No. 153638, ad. 9 ; Bismarck Archipelago: Uatom Island; 13 December, 1928; Pater Otto Meyer. Bought from Professor Oscar Neumann. SULIDAE Sula leucogaster yamashinae Neumann Sula leucogaster yamashinae Neumann, Anz. Orn. Ges. Bayern, 2, 1932, p. 146. Type. No. 153637, ad. 9 ; Bonin Archipelago: Chichishima Island; 22 January, 1930; Marquis Yamashina's collectors. Bought from Professor Oscar Neumann. PHAETHONTIDAE Phaethon aethereus mesonauta Peters Phaethon aethereus mesonauta Peters, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5 April 15, 1930, p. 261. Type. No. 238017, ad. 9 ; Panama: Swan Key, Almirante Bay; 3 June, 1927; H. Wedel. Phaethon aethereus limatus Peters Phaethon aethereus limatus Peters, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5, April 15, 1930, p. 261. Type. No. 65699, ad. cf ; Galapagos Archipelago: Tower Island; 3 September, 1891; G. Baur. ACCIPITRIDAE Micrastur mirandollei extimus Griscom and Greenway Micrastur mirandollei extimus Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 418. Type. No. 155116, ad. 9 ; Panama: Perme, on the Caribbean coast of extreme eastern Darien; 16 April, 1929; H. Wedel. Geranospiza caerulescens flexipes Peters Geranospiza caerulescens flexipes Peters, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 48, 3 May, 1935, p. 72. Type. No. 99141, ad. 9 ; Argentina: Chaco, Resistencia; 18 July, 1915; J. Mogensen. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 61 Buteo jamaicensis solitudinis Barbour Buteo jamaicensis solitudinis Barbour, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8, 24 July, 1935, p. 207. Type. No. 168467, 9; Cuba: Soledad, (near Cienfuegos); 20 March, 1935; Thomas Barbour. Chondrohierax uncinatus aquilonis Friedmann Chondrohierax uncinatus aquilonis Friedmann, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24, 7, 15 July, 1934, p. 314. Type. No. 113711, ad. a"; Mexico: Tamaulipas; 9 April, 1900; F. B. Arm- strong. No collector's name is given on the original label; the bird was originally in the Bangs Collection and was given to Outram Bangs by John E. Thayer who presumably purchased it from C. K. Worthen. The original label is a small tag written in Frank B. Armstrong's hand. Chondrohierax uncinatus immanis Friedmann Chondrohierax uncinatus immanis Friedmann, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., 24, 7, 15 July, 1934, p. 315. Type. No. 149835, not sexed (9 by plumage); Ecuador: Oriente, Ambata. Reinberg. This specimen was presented to the Museum by Dr. Alfred O. Gross who purchased it while in Ecuador in 1927; prior to Friedmann's work on Chondrohierax it was believed to represent megarhynchus. The bird had no original label ; the data being transcribed onto one of Dr. Gross' collection labels. The skin is not quite characteristic of the well known "Quito Trade Skin", but is stuffed with the same kind of dried moss. The locality should probably be spelled Ambato; Dr. Chapman (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 55, 1926, p. 703) states that this is "a town in a warm valley of the interandine table-land" but that a small collection of native-made skins said to have come from there proved to be from the eastern slope of the Andes. STRIGIDAE Bubo ketupu aagaardi Neumann now Ketupa ketupu aagaardi (Neumann) Bubo ketupu aagaardi Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 55, 30 April, 1935, p. 138. Type. No. 170620, 9 ; southern Siam: Bang Nara, 25 July, 1932; K. Gercke. Purchased from Professor Oscar Neumann. 62 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Bubo ketupu pageli Neumann now Ketupa ketupu pageli (Neumann) Bubo ketupu pageli Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 55, 30 April, 1935, p. 138. Type. No. 170619, no sex; British North Borneo: Bengkoka River, Marudo Bay; 2 May, 1893; Pagel. Purchased from Professor Oscar Neumann. Bubo bubo inexpectatus La Touche Bubo bubo inexpectatus La Touche. A Hand Book of the Birds of Eastern China, Vol. 2, part 2, January, 1932, p. 113. Type. No. 88359, ad.cf ; China: Chihli, Chin Lung Shan, 12 February, 1922; F. R. Wulsin. PULSATRIX PERSPICILLATA CHAPMANI GrisCOm Pulsatrix perspicillata chapmani Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, January 19, 1932, p. 325. Type. No. 155173, ad. d1; eastern Panama: Pernio, Caribbean slope of Darien; 2 May, 1929; H. Wedel. Otus asio var enano "Lawr. Ms." now Otus trichopsis trichopsis (Wagler) Otus asio var enano "Lawr. Ms." Baird and Ridgway, Bull. Essex Inst., 5, 12, 1873, p. 200; "Eastern Mexico, south to Guatemala". Scops trichopsis Wagler, Isis von Oken, 1832, col. 276. Cotype. No. 72899; Guatemala. No exact locality, date and collector not known; received from the Boston Society of Natural History. In their original description of this bird, Baird and Ridgway state definitely that "this well marked race is founded upon a specimen from Mexico in Mr. Lawrence's cabinet and one from Guatemala in the Museum of the Boston Society. The two are alike in colors, but as might be expected, the southern one is smaller". Since neither specimen is designated as the type, both of course rank equally as cotypes, though the bird from the Lawrence collection, now no. 44811 in the American Museum of Natural History, has long arbitrarily been considered the type and the equally valid claim of the Boston Society bird overlooked or ignored. For further discussion of the application of this name see Moore and Peters, Auk, 56, 1939, p. 45-46. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 63 LOPHOSTRIX CRISTATA WEDELI GrisCOITl Lophostrix cristata wedeli Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 326. Type. No. 155180, ad. 9 ; eastern Panama: Perme, Caribbean slope of Darien; 2 November, 1929; H. Wedel. Glaucidium minutissimum rarum Griscom Glaucidium minutissimum rarum Griscom, Proc. New. England Zool. Club, 12, 1931, p. 41. Type. No. 155189, ad. d", Panama: Perme, Caribbean slope; 14 July, 1929; H. Wedel. TYTOXIDAE Tyto alba hellmayri Griscom and Greenway Tyto alba hellmayri Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 421. Type. No. 143296, ad. 9 ; Surinam: Paramaribo; 30 January, 1913; native collectors for T. E. Penard. Tyto rosenbergi pelengensis Neumann Tyto rosenbergi pelengensis Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 21 April, 1939, p. 92. Type. No. 270559, <?; Peling Island; 22 August, 1938; J. J. Menden. Tyto capensis libratus Peters and Loveridge Tyto capensis libratus Peters and Loveridge, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 48, 3 May 1935, p. 77. Type. No. 168653, ad. 9 ; Kenya Colony: Kakamega district, Kaimosi; 21 February, 1834; Arthur Loveridge. PSITTACIDAE Trichoglossus (Charmosyxa) arfaki A. B. Meyer now Oreopsittacus arfaki arfaki (A. B. Meyer) Trichoglossus (Charmosyna) Arfaki A. B. Meyer, Verh. Zool-bot. Ges. Wien, 24, 1874, p. 37. Cotype. No. 158946, 9 ; New Guinea: Arfak, Hattam, 3500 feet; July, 1873; Dr. Adolf Bernard Meyer. 64 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Bought of Rosenberg in January, 1936, and presented by Dr. Thomas Barbour. This is the specimen figured in Rowley's "Ornithological Miscellany", 1, pt. 3, 1876, pi. to text p. 145-148. According to Rowley the plate was drawn from a female bearing the data set forth above. Dr. Meyer described arfalci from a series and did not designate a holotype, hence our specimen is a cotype. On the reverse of the original label is the number 972 (in ink), which I judge to be the field number of the specimen; it is probably not a Rowley collection number since other specimens from the Rowley collection are not numbered. Also on the reverse side is written in pencil "Trichoglossus Arfaki Meyer, Type", but I am unable to identify the handwriting. Nasiterna pygmaea geelvinkiana Schlegel now MlCROPSITTA GEELVINKIANA GEELVINKIANA (Schlegel) Nasiterna -pygmaea Geelvinkiana Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk., 4, 1873 (1871), p. 7; Mafor and Misori. Cotype. No. 158948, <?; "Nufoor", 13 February, 1869; [von Rosenberg] original number 229. Cotype. No. 158947; 9; "Nufoor", 13 February, 1869; [von Rosenberg] original number 231. Both these birds were figured in Rowley's "Ornithological Mis- cellany" 1, pt. 3 pi. 1876, accompanying text, p. 152-160; on p. 157, Rowley writes that the specimens figured are nos. 231 9 and 229 cf • While Rosenberg's name was added in pencil on the original label, this was done at a subsequent date, since the writing does not agree with the hand that penned the data. There is no doubt, however, that these birds were actually taken by Rosenberg and form a part of the original type series on which Schlegel based geelvinkiana, since Schlegel states that Rosenberg was on Numfor (now Mafor) from January to March, 1869. In his original description Schlegel pointed out differ- ences between the birds from Mafor and Misori but did not separate them; later Salvadori renamed both forms as maforensis and misorien- sis respectively because Schlegel's name covered two separate races; this procedure is not in accord with ordinary nomenclatural practice and Rothschild and Hartert in Nov. Zool., 8, 1901, p. 90, were quite right in restricting Schlegel's name to one of the two forms, in this case to the Mafor bird, and allowing one of Salvadori's to stand for the Misori bird. This nice little pair was bought from W. F. H. Rosenberg the peters: supplementary list of types of birds 65 London dealer, in January 1936, and presented to the Museum by Dr. Thomas Barbour. Amazona amazonica micra Griseom and Greenway Amazona amazonica micra Griseom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 420. Type. No. 143325, ad. d"; Surinam: Paramaribo; 18 January, 1913; native collectors for T. E. Penard. Graydidascalus brachyurus insulsus Griseom and Greenway Graydidasculus [sic] brachyurus insulsus Griseom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 420. Type. No. 173516, ad. c? ; Brazil: Lago Grande on the south bank of the Amazon; 9 September, 1932; A. M. Olalla. Poicephalus reichenowi Neumann Poicephalus reichenowi Neumann, Journ. f. Orn., 46, 1898, p. 501. Cotype. No. 160972, ad. 9 ; Angola: Quango; 3 January, 1881; von Mechow. This distinct species was originally described from a series without designation of a holotype; on the reverse of the label is a note in Professor Neumann's own hand; it reads: — "this is one of the nine typical specimens ... I have myself never designated a type. O. N." Tanygnathus talautensis Meyer and Wiglesworth now Tanygnathus lucionensis talautensis Meyer and Wiglesworth Tanygnathus talautensis Meyer and Wiglesworth, Abh. Ber. K. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1894-95, 1895, no. 9, p. 2. Cotype. No. 97345, ad. 9 ; Talaut Islands: Karkellang, Melumbuane; 8 November 1894; Charles W. Cursharii's collectors. Received in exchange with the Dresden Museum. Meyer and Wiglesworth state in their original description that they first received three specimens from Kabruang, Talaut Islands, but did not distinguish these birds from the typical race; subsequently the receipt of ten additional skins from Karkellang and Esang made it clear that a well marked race was involved which they proceeded to name as above. No specimen was designated as the holotype in the original description and our bird, as one of the original series in the Dresden Museum, ranks as a cotype. However, in Meyer and Wiglesworth's Birds of Celebes (Vol. I, G6 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology 1898, p. 145) appears the statement "ad. Karkellang C 13766, type of species; and others." This would seem to be a subsequent selection of a holotype and those who believe in this practice will deny the claim of our specimen to be a cotype. It formerly bore the number C 13767 in the Dresden Museum. ALCEDINIDAE ( eyx erithacus captus Ripley Ceyx erithacus captus Ripley, Proc. New England Zool. CI., 19, 29 December, 1941, p. 15. Type. No. 194799, ad. d\ Dutch East Indies: Nias, Soliga; 2 August 1937; Barbara Lawrence. CAPRIMULGIDAE Lurocalis semitorquatus nocti vagus Griswold Lurocalis semitorquatus noctivagus Griswold, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 15, 13 July, 1936, p. 101. Type. No. 171659, ad. 9 ; Canal Zone: Rio Pequeni, Salamanca Hydrographic Station; 21 February, 1936; J. A. Griswold, Jr. Hydropsalis climacocerca canescens Griscom and Greenway Hydropsalis climacocerca canescens Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( =10 June), 1937, p. 425. Type. No. 173621, ad. d1; Brazil: Lago Grande on the south bank of the Amazon west of the mouth of the Tapajoz; 11 September, 1932; A. M. Olalla. In a paper (Ann. Carnegie Mus., 25, p. 245) published 6 November, 1937, Mr. W. E. Clyde Todd described two additional races of Hydrop- salis climacocerca; one (H. c. pallidior) from Santarem, the other (H. c. intcrcedens) from islands in the Amazon River opposite Obidos. Thus there are three named forms inhabiting a stretch of the Amazon River not much over sixty-five miles long. It is quite probable that with larger series it will prove necessary to sink one or more of the proposed races as a synonym. Nyctiphrynus ocellatus brunnescens Griscom and Greenway Nyctiphrynus ocellatus brunnescens Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 422. Type. No. 169363, ad. d1 ; Brazil: Bahia, Fazenda Santa Maria on the Rio Gongogy; 12 April, 1932; W. Garbe. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 67 Nyctipolus nigrescens duidae Griscom and Greenway Nyctipolus nigrescens duidae Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 423. Type. No. 147396, ad.d"; Venezuela: Mt. Duida, Valle de los Monos, 725 metres; 9 November, 1928; A. M. Olalla. Caprimulgus rufus minimus Griscom and Greenway Caprimulgus rufus minimus Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 424. Type. No. 114053, ad. 9 ; Panama: Panama City; 6 May, 1904; W. W. Brown. Caprimulgus koesteri Neumann now Caprimulgus poliocephalus koesteri Neumann Caprimulgus koesteri Neumann, Journ. fur On., 79, Heft 4, October, 1931, p. 550. Type. No. 165862, not sexed but apparently a cf ; Benguella: Bailundoland, Lebule near Luimbale; Paul Koester. HEMIPROCNIDAE Hemiprocne comata barbarae Peters Ih iniprocne comata barbarae Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 86, 2, 27 Novem- ber, 1939, p. 95. Type. No. 194255, <?; Philippine Islands: Mindoro, Naujan, Bayog, 2 May, 1937; F. S. Rivera. This form is named in honor of Miss Barbara Lawrence of the staff of the Museum of Comparative Zoology who in 1937 collected birds and mammals in the Philippine Islands and who secured Senor Rivera's services to collect birds on Mindoro. Hemiprocne comata stresemanni Neumann Hemiprocne comata stresemanni Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 57, 30 June, 1937, p. 151. Type. No. 158923, q?; Mentawi Archipelago: North Pagi Island, 10 January, 1935; J. J. Menden. No specimen identified by a museum number was designated as the type by Professor Neumann in his description of this race„ but his statement that the type of this (and three other birds named at the 68 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology same time) is in the Museum of Comparative Zoology coupled with the fact that the bird is marked "typus" in Professor Neumann's hand establishes definitely its right to being the holotype. Furthermore, the sex of the type is given as male and of the five males and three females from North Pagi Island compared by Neumann the Museum of Comparative Zoology has only a pair. In the original description the date of collection is given as 10 January, 1934. 1935, however, is correct; Menden collected on North Pagi between 8 December, 1934, and 31 January, 1935 with a brief trip to South Pagi near the end of January. TROCHILIDAE EUTOXERES AQUILA MUNDA GrisCOIll Eutoxeres aquila munda Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 330. Type. No. 155290, ad. d1; Panama: Obaldia, Caribbean slope of eastern Darien; 2 November, 1929; H. Wedel. Eutoxeres aquila viridior Griscom Eutoxeres aquila viridior Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 331. Type. No. 124578, ad.cf; Colombia: Naranjito, Rio Dagua, 22 June, 1908; M. G. Palmer. In the original description the type was given as "No. 124576". This is an error, the type marked by the describer as such is No. 124578. •No. 124576 was not in the collection at the time (it had been ex- changed) and is from another place — La Maria. Phaeochroa cuvierii maculicauda Griscom Phaeochroa cuvierii maculicauda Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 332. Type. No. 122617, ad.cf; Costa Rica: Bolson, 10 December, 1907; C. F. Underwood. » Lepidopyga caeruleogularis confinis Griscom Lepidopyga caeruleogularis confinis Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 333. Type. No. 155316, ad. cT; eastern Panama: Perme, Caribbean slope; 21 November, 1929; H. Wedel. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 69 Amazilia violiceps conjuncta Griscom Amazilia violiceps conjuncta Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 1934, p. 377. Type. No. 224112, ad. d"; southern Sonora: Alamos; 16 February, 1888; M. Abbott Frazar. f HYLOCHARIS GUIANENSIS Boucard = Hylocharis sapphirina (Gmelin) Hylocharis guianensis Boucard, Hummingbird, 1, 1891, p. 52. Cotype. No. 199592, d1; British Guiana: Camacusa, 8 March, 1882; H. Whitely. Trochilus sapphirinus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, pt. 1, 1788, p. 496. One of Boucard's cotypes of this supposed species has already been listed by Bangs in his "Types of Birds now in the Museum of Com- parative Zoology" (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 70, 1930, p. 219). The specimen here claimed as another cotype was in a small set of Guianan birds retained by T. E. Penard at the time he disposed of his main collection. The remaining birds were secured from Mrs. Penard after her husband's death. In addition to Whitely 's small, neat original label, the specimen bears Boucard's label with the words "typ specimen". Thalurania colombica subtropicalis Griscom Thalurania colombica subtropicalis Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 337. Type. No. 104142, ad. <? ; Colombia: near Cali, Cauca Valley (5000 ft.); June, 1898; J. H. Batty. t Thalurania colombica insulicola Griscom = Thalurania colombica columbica (Bourcier) Thalurania colombica insulicola Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 335. Type. No. 106824, ad. cf; Colombia: San Miguel, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, (wrongly taken to be San Miguel, El Rey Island, Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama); 28 February, 1899; W. W. Brown. Ornismya colombica Bourcier, Rev. Zool., 1843, p. 2. When he spread out a very long series of Thalurania colombica, with a review of the forms in mind, Griscom mistook "San Miguel" on the labels of four of Brown's skins from the Santa Marta mountains, as meaning San Miguel in the Pearl Islands, where Brown also collected, 70 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology several years later, and noting the short tails of these skins described the form as an insular race. Thalurania colombica has never been recorded from the Pearl Islands. It is possible that the name insulicola may have to be used for the bird of the Santa Marta mountains which has a shorter tail than is found in Bogota "Trade Skins". [O.B.] Lamprolaima rhami saturatior Griscom Lamprolaima rhami saturatior Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932, p. 58. Type. No. 161003, ad. d", Honduras: District of Achaga, Cerro Cantoral, 6500 ft.; 13 February, 1932; C. F. Underwood. Anthoscenus constantii surdus van Rossem Anthoscenus constantii surdus van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 439. Type. No. 224110, imm. 9 ; Sonora: Alamos; 16 February, 1888; M. Abbott Frazar. In the original description the sex is given as adult male; it is ob- viously an immature female, as is also indicated by the green tag placed on it by the collector (had it been a male a white tag would have been used); Brewster also wrote female on his collection label. No day of the month was given in the original description ; the collec- tion label shows it to have been the 13th, but 16th is put on the orig- inal green tag with a rubber date stamp, the impression is indistinct, but can readily be made out with a hand lens. Lampornis amethystinus nobilis Griscom Lampornis amethystinus nobilis Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932; p. 58. Type. No. 161004, ad. cf; Honduras: District of Achaga, Montana Vasquez, 6500 ft.; 16 December, 1931; C. F. Underwood. Nesophlox evelynae salita Greenway now Philodice evelynae salita (Greenway) Nesophlox evelynae salita Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 15, 28 October, 1936, p. 105. Type. No. 171756, ad. d1; South Caicos Island: Cockburn Harbor; 25 March, 1936; J. C. Greenway, Jr. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 71 I do not see how it is possible to avoid sinking the generic name Nesophlox Ridgway 1910 in the synonymy of Philodice Mulsant, J. and E. Verreaux 1866. Ridgway apparently compared only with Calliphlox amethystina (Boddaert) the species that he referred to Nesophlox, but did not see Trochilus mitehelli Bourcier, which is the type of the genus Philodice. There seem to be no differences of generic value between mitehelli on the one hand, Doricka bryantae Lawrence and the Bahamian Woodstars on the other. Atthis heloisa selasphoroides Griscom Atthis heloisa selasphoroides Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932, p. 58. Type. No. 161005, ad. d"; Honduras: District of Achaga, Cerro Cantoral, 6500 feet; 16 February, 1932; C. F. Underwood. Stellula calliope lowei Griscom Stellula calliope lowei Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 1934, p. 380 Type. No. 163518, ad.cf ; Guerrero: Taxco; 25 October, 1930; W. W. Brown. f TlLMATURA DUPONTII XENOURA Griscom = TlLMATURA DUPONTII (LeSSOn) Til »ial lira dupontii xenoura Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932, p. 58. Type. No. 161006, ad. cf ; Honduras: District of Achaga, Cerro Cantoral, 6500 feet; 24 February, 1932; C. F. Underwood. Ornismya dupontii Lesson, Hist. Nat. Colibis, Suppl. Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouches, [1832], p. 100, pi. 1. Berlioz (Ois. et Rev. Fran. d'Orn., 1938, p. 12-13) believes the char- acters upon which this form was founded to be too inconstant to per- mit its recognition. TROGONIDAE Pharomachrus pavoninus viridiceps Griscom and Greenway Pharomachrus pavoninus viridiceps Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p.,426. Type. No. 47852, ad. d* ; Brazil: lower Amazon River; C. M. Caverly. 72 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Trogon mexicanus clarus Griscom Trogon mexicanus clarus Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932, p. 57. Type. No. 224624, ad. 9 ; Mexico: Chihuahua, Pinos Altos; 4 June, 1888; M. Abbott Frazar. Trogon mexicanus lutescens Griscom Trogon mexicanus lutescens Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932, p. 56. Type. No. 161002, ad. d"; Honduras: District of Achaga, Cerro Cantoral, 6500 ft.; 16 December, 1931; C. F. Underwood. Trogon elegans australis Griscom Trogon elegans australis Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 12, April, 1930, p. 3. Type. No.. 116576, ad. 9 ; northeast Costa Rica: Bagaces; 14 November, 1895; C. F. Underwood. CUCULIDAE f Cuculus canorus maximus Neumann = Cuculus canorus johanseni Tschusi Cuculus canorus maximus Neumann, Anz. Orn, Ges. Bayern, 2, 8, March, 1934, p. 332. Type. No. 166945, ad. cf ; Siberia: East Sajan Mts., Argul River, Maralnik, 22 May, 1929; bought of Professor Oscar Neumann. Cuculus canorus johanseni Tschusi, Orn. Jahrb., 21, 1903, p. 165 (Tomsk Siberia) . The two other specimens mentioned by Neumann in his description of maximus are also in the Museum of Comparative Zoology; while referred to as cotypes and also marked as "cotypus", they are not entitled to such rank since a holotype exists. Were ornithologists concerned with paratypes, they could be claimed as such. The alleged greater size of this proposed subspecies is not sufficient to distinguish it from johanseni; a conclusion also reached by Hartert and Steinbacher (Vog. pal. Fauna, Erganzungsb., Heft 4, 1935, p. 378-379). peters: supplementary list of types of birds 73 fPlAYA CAYANA INCINCTA GrisCOm = PlAYA CAYANA THERMOPHILA Sclater Piaya cayana incincta Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 324. Type. No. 155252, ad. d1; eastern Panama: Perine, Caribbean slope of Darien; 22 July, 1929; H. Wedel. Piaya thermophila P. L. Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1859, p. 368 (Jalapa, Vera Cruz). After examination of this race in connection with the 4th volume of my Check-List, I concluded that it was separated on characters too variable and inconstant, and consequently placed it in synonymy. Geococcyx velox longisignum Moore Geococcyx velox longisignum Moore, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 7, 31 May, 1934, p. 464. Type. No. 161178, ad.cf; Honduras: Comayabuela; 1 October, 1931; C. F. Underwood. CAPITONIDAE Capito maculicoronatus melas Griscom Capito maculicoronatus melas Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 340. Type. No. 155380, ad. d"; eastern Panama: Puerto Obaldia, Caribbean slope of Darien, 8 August, 1930; H. Wedel. RAMPHASTIDAE Ramphastos tucanus oblitus Griscom and Greenway Ramphastos tucanus oblitus Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 427. Type. No. 174070, ad.c?; Brazil: Rio Tapajoz; Tauary; 7 May, 1933; A. M. Olalla. Pteroglossus aracari vergens Griscom and Greenway Pteroglossus aracari vergens Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 431. Type. No. 156885; ad.d*; Brazil: Sao Paulo, Valparaiso, 30 June, 1931; J. Lima. 74 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Selenidera maculirostris hellmayri Griscom and Greenway Selenidera maculirostris hellmayri Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 431. Type. No. 174105, ad. d1; Brazil: Rio Tapajoz, Boim; 12 January, 1933; A. M. Olalla. GALBULIDAE Galbula leucogaster viridissima Griscom and Greenway Galbula leucogaster viridissima Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 246. Type. No. 173977, ad.d*; Brazil: Rio Tapajoz, Pinhy; 8 May, 1933; Olalla Brothers. PICIDAE COLAPTES CAFER NANUS GrisCOHl Colaptes cafer nanus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 1934, p. 381. Type. No. 98788, ad.cT; San Luis Potosi: Ipina; 30 November, 1924; W. W. Brown. Chrysoptilus punctigula pallidior Griscom and Greenway Chrysoptilus punctigula pallidior Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 431. Type. No. 174228, ad. d"; Brazil: Lago Grande on the south bank of the Amazon west of the Tapajoz; 6 September, 1932; A. M. Olalla. Dryobates villosus terraenovae Batchelder Dryobates villosus terraenovae Batchelder, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 4, 24 June, 1908, p. 37. Type. No. 187418, d1 ; Newfoundland: Placentia; 30 May, 1890; J. C. Cahoon. Formerly no. 5227, collection of C. F. Batchelder. f Dryobates pubescens oreoecus Batchelder = Dryobates pubescens leucurus (Hartlaub) Dryobates pubescens oreoecus Batchelder, Auk, 6, 3, 1889, p. 253. Type. No. 187517, d"; New Mexico: Las Vegas Hot Springs; 18 December, 1882; C. F. Batchelder. Picas leucurus Hartlaub, Naumannia, 2, 1855, Heft 2, p. 55, (Rocky Moun- tains). Formerly no. 196, collection of C. F. Batchelder. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 75 This form was recognized in the 2nd ed. of the A.O.U. Check-List, but was replaced by the earlier homorus in the 3d which in turn was supplanted by leucurus in the 4th. Yungipicus scintilliceps kurodai La Touche how Dryobates semicoronatus nagamichii (La Touche) Yungipicus scintilliceps kurodai La Touche, A Handbook of the Birds of Eastern China, 2, part 1, p. 22, May, 1931. Not Dryobates leucotos kurodae Gotz. Type. No. 132947 ad. cT; China: Fohkien Province, December, 1912; La Touche Collection. Yungipicus scintilliceps nagamichii La Touche, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 43, 31 October, 1932, p. 22. New name to replace kurodai La Touche, pre- occupied. Mesopicos griseocephalus persimilis Neumann Mesopicos griseocephalus persimilis Neumann, Verh. Orn. Ges. Bayern, 20, Heft 1, 1933, p. 227. Type. No. 165841, ad. cf; Benguella: Bailunduland, Chipepe; 22 June, 1928; Paul Koester. Cerchneipicus tinnunculus angustus Griscom and Greenway Cerchneipicus tinnunculus angustus Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 432. Type. No. 171161, ad. d" ; Brazil: Para, Caxiricatuba on the right bank of the Tapajoz; 12 August, 1932; A. M. Olalla. Ceophloeus lineatu.s obsoletus van Rossem Ceophloeus lineatus obsoletus van Rossem, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 8, 4, 10 August, 1934, p. 12. Type. No. 224294, ad.cf; Mexico: Sonora, Alamos; 16 March, 1888; M. A. Frazar. Ceophloeus lineatus nuperus Peters Ceophloeus lineatus nuperus Peters, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5, 1930, p. 320. Type. No. 105969, ad. cf; Colombia: Santa Marta Region, Conception; 13 February, 1899; W. W. Brown. 76 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology FORMICARIIDAE Dysithamnus puncticeps intensus Griscom Dysithamnus puncticeps intensus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 343. Type. No. 87219, ad. 9 ; eastern Panama: Mount Sapo, Pacific slope of Darien; 23 April, 1922; Barbour, Brooks and Underwood. FURNARIIDAE Ancistrops strigilatus cognitus Griscom and Greenway Ancistrops strigilatus cognitus Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 433. Type. No. 174474, ad. d", Brazil: Para, Tauary on the right bank of the Rio Tapajoz; 16 October, 1933; A. M. Olalla. Philydor erythropterus diluvialis Griscom and Greenway Philydor erythropterus diluvialis Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 433. Type. No. 174480, ad. d; Brazil: Paid, Caxiricatuba, right bank of the Rio Tapajoz; 9 August, 1932; A. M. Olalla. DENDROCOLAPTIDAE Xiphorhynchus flavigaster ultimus Bangs and Griscom Xiphorhynchus flavigaster ultimus Bangs and Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932, p. 48. Type. No. 147875, ad. d ; Costa Rica: Nicoya, Ojo Ancha, 500 ft.; 2 Novem- ber, 1929; Austin Paul Smith. Xiphorhynchus erythropygius parvus Griscom Xiphorhynchus erythropygius parvus Griscom, Auk, 54, April, 1937, p. 196. Type. No. 158227, ad. a*; Honduras: Las Penitas; 17 February, 1933; C. F. Underwood. Campylorhamphus trochilirostris brevipennis Griscom Campylorhamphus trochilirostris brevipennis Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 348. Type. No. 107335, ad.d1; Panama: Lion Hill, Canal Zone; 7 March, 1900; W. W. Brown. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 77 Nasica longirostris australis Griscom and Greenway Nasica longirostris australis Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 432. Type. No. 104401, ad. d* ; Brazil: Santarem; 2 October, 1882; Addison Brown. TYRANNIDAE Tyrannus vociferans xenopterum Griscom Tyrannus vociferans xenopterum Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 76, 1934, p. 391. Type. No. 163725, ad.cf; Guerrero: Chilpancingo; 29 June, 1931; W. W. Brown. Pitangus sulphuratus palliatus van Rossem Pitangus sulfuratus (sic) palliatus van Rossem, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 50, 23 February, 1937, p. 25. Type. No. 223617, ad. <? ; Mexico: Sonora, Alamos; 8 March, 1888; M. A. Frazar. In the original description the number of the type was given as 222617, through a typographical error. Why Mr. van Rossem spelled the specific name of this bird as he did, and not sulphuratus as orig- inally and universally spelled is unexplainable. Empidonax fulvifrons inexpectatus Griscom Empidonax fulvifrons inexpectatus Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932, p. 60. Type. No. 161007, ad. cf; Honduras: District of Achaga, Cerro Cantoral, 6500 ft.; 9 December, 1931; C. F. Underwood. Rhynchocyclus brevirostris hellmayri Griscom Rhynchocyclus brevirostris hellmayri Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 352. Type. No. 140732, ad. <?; Panama: Cana, Pacific slope* of Darien; 6 August, 1928; R. R. Benson. Todirostrum latirostre senectum Griscom and Greenway Todirostrum latirostre senectum Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 434. Type. No. 175819, ad. 9 ; Brazil: Boca de Igarape-Piaba, near Obidos; 6 March, 1933; A. M. Olalla. 78 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Camptostoma pusillum major Griscom Camptostoma pusillum major Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 353. Type. No. 104878, ad.cT; Pearl Islands: San Miguel, El Rey Island; 4 May, 1900; W. W. Brown. PIPRIDAE Chloropipo holochlora suffusa Griscom Chloropipo holochlora suffusa Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 354. Type. No. 155715, ad. <?; eastern Panama: Obaldia, Caribbean slope; 31 July, 1930; H. Wedel. COTINGIDAE Pachyrhamphus cinnamomeus fulvidior Griscom Pachyrhamphus cinnamomeus fulvidior Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 357. Type. No. 119889, ad. 9 ; British Honduras: Toledo District; 22 October, 1906; Morton E. Peck. Xipholena lamellipennis pallidior Griscom and Greenway Xipholena lamellipennis pallidior Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 433. Type. No. 175166, breeding 9 ; Brazil: Rio Tapajoz, Santarem; 15 July, 1932; A. M. Olalla. HIRUNDINIDAE Psalidoprocne kosteri Neumann Psalidoprocne kosteri Neumann, Verh. Orn. Ges. Bayern, 20, Heft 1, 1933, p. 227. Type. No. 165882, 9 ; Benguella: Bailunduland, Chipepe; 17 June, 1928; Paul Koester. The type and two other specimens from the same locality are obvi- ously immature birds, lacking any trace of the characteristic "roughen- ing" of the edge of the outer primary. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 79 MUSCICAPIDAE Dioptrornis brunneus bailunduensis Neumann Dioptrornis brunneus bailunduensis Neumann, Orn. Monatsb., 37, 6, Novem- ber, 1929, p. 177. Type. No. 165885; 9, Benguella: Bailunduland, Chipepe, 1 June, 1928; Paul Koester. f Muscicapa luteocephala Lafresnaye = Neopelma aurifrons (Wied) Muscicapa luteocephala Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 3, 1833, el. 2, pi. 13. Type. No. 84376; Lafresnaye Collection no. 4666; Brazil. Muscicapa aurifrons Wied, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., 3, 1831, p. 829. This specimen was identified many years ago by Outram Bangs as the type; he omitted it from his "List of Types in the Museum of Comparative Zoology" probably because Hellmayr (Cat. Bds. Am. pt. 6, 1929, p. 87) gave the location of the type as being in the Paris Museum. There are several bits of evidence in the original description how- ever, that point conclusively to the right of the Museum of Compara- tive Zoology specimen to rank as the type. In the first place, La- fresnaye gives no intimation that he had more than a single specimen at hand; second from a statement in the preface to the article in which he described this and three other species it seems clear that the studies were based on specimens in his own collection "Cette remarque m'ayant fait examiner plus attentivement les pieds des differentes especes de l'ordre des Passereaux que je possede dans ma collection." Third, the colored plate accompanying the original description ap- pears to have been drawn from the bird here claimed as the type; this specimen has not been relaxed, and is still in the form of a mount except that it has been removed from its stand and the legs straight- ened. The attitude of skin and plate agree exactly. In describing Muscicapa luteocephala Lafresnaye gave it the same name as a bird described two years before by Lesson (Traite d'Orn, livr. 5, 1830 or 1831, p. 392), in fact tentatively assigned it to that species. Lesson's M. luteocephala, however, turns out to be a Hetero- cercus. 80 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Muscicapula sapphirina laotiana Delacour and Greenway Muscicapula sapphirina laotiana Delacour and Greenway, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 17 June, 1939, p. 132. Type. No. 265099, imm. d"; Laos: Col de Taloun, 25 km. east of Luang Prabang; 27 January, 1939; J. Delacour, J. C. Greenway, Jr. and F. Edmond-Blanc. Field no. 1945, VII Exped. en Indo-Chine. Hypothymis azurea compilator Peters Hypothymis azurea compilator Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 86, 2, 27 November, 1939, p. 11. Type. No. 194555, d>; Philippine Islands: Basilan, 15 km. northeast of Maluso; 23 April, 1937; Barbara Lawrence. Rhipidura teijsmanni sulaensis Neumann Rhipidura teijsmanni sulaensis Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 21 April, 1939, p. 93. Type. No. 269600, ad.cT; Sula Islands: Taliabu, 11 October, 1938; J. J. Menden. Myiagra azureicapilla azureicapilla Layard Myiagra azureicapilla Layard, Ibis, 1875, p. 434. Cotype. No. 166780, ad.cT; Fiji Islands: Taviuni, Ngila; 18 August, 1875; E. L. Layard. Cotype. No. 166781, ad. 9 ; Fiji Islands: Taviuni, Ngila; 11 August, 1875; E. L. Layard. This species was described by Layard who neither designated a type, nor stated the number of specimens that he had. The 4th volume of the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum lists a male and female from Ngila, Taviuni, but does not claim either specimen as a type. A pair also went to Rowley who figured them in his "Orni- thological Miscellany," 1, pi. 35. The two specimens which I claim as cotypes are the two figured birds, bought at the Rowley auction in November, 1934 by Rosenberg, the London dealer, and from whom the museum obtained them. Mathews makes this species the type of his monotypic genus Lophomyiagra, a genus that may have to be recognized eventually, but pending a general review of the Muscicapidae I make no change. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 81 CAMPEPHAGIDAE Edolisoma morio talautense Meyer and Wiglesworth Edoliisoma talautense Meyer and Wiglesworth, Abh. Ber. K. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1894-95 (1895), no. 9, p. 5. Cotype. No. 97336, ad.cf; Talaut Islands: Esang; 20 October, 1894; Charles W. Cursham's collectors. Received in exchange with the Dresden Mu- seum. (No. C 13800). Meyer and Wiglesworth described this form from fifteen specimens from the islands of Karkellang, Esang and Kabruang in the Talaut group; no holotype was designated. In their Birds of Celebes (2, 1898, p. 423) they list "ad. 9 , type, Karkellang, Nov. 1894: Nat. Coll. — C 13795 and others" and "ad.cf, type, Kabruang, Nov. 1893 — -C 13121, and others." As in the case of Tanygnathus talautensis, Meyer and Wiglesworth's action in the Birds of Celebes amounts to a subsequent selection of a male and female cotype, but I cannot see how it invalidates the right of any of the other original specimens to rank as cotypes. Pericrocotus miniatus dammermani Neumann Pericrocotus miniatus dammermani Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 57, 30 June, 1937, p. 152. Type. No. 177810, 9 ; South Sumatra: Gunong Dempo, 2500 metres; 20 July, 1936; J. J. Menden. No specimen identified by a museum number was designated in Professor Neumann's original description as the type; but his state- ment in the introduction to the description of this and three other subspecies of birds that the types are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, coupled with the fact that the specimen is marked "typus" in its describer's handwTiting and that the data correspond, definitely establishes its right to be the holotype. TIMALIIDAE Garrulax moniliger schauenseei Delacour and Greenway Garrulax moniliger schauenseei Delacour and Greenway, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 17 June, 1939, p. 132. Type. No. 265100, d"; Laos: Xieng-Khouang, 1200 metres; 6 November (in original description), 6 December (on label), 1938; J. Delacour, J. C. Greenway, Jr., F. Edmond-Blanc. Field no. 76, VII Exped. en Indo- Chine. 82 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Rhinocichla mitrata griswoldi Peters Rhinocichla mitrata griswoldi Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 87, 3, December, 1940, p. 204. Type. No. 236020, ad., not sexed; Borneo: Mt. Tibang, 4000 feet; 19 Novem- ber, 1925; Eric Mjoberg. This specimen while not sexed is doubtless a male since it has a wing measurement of 109 mm., about the maximum for that sex. Wings of females run from 95.5 to 104.5. Neocichla gutturalis angustus Friedmann Neocichla gutturalis angustus Friedmann, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., 20, 17, 1930, p. 434. Type. No. 134447, ad. 9 ; Tanganyika Territory: Muhalala, Kilamatindi; 3 March, 1922; Arthur Loveridge. Turdinus rufipennis distans Friedmann now Illadopsis rufipennis distans (Friedmann) Turdinus rufipennis distans Friedmann, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 10, 14 April, 1928, p. 48. Type. No. 237750, cT1; Tanganyika Territory: Amani, Usambara Mts.; 22 November, 1926; A. Loveridge. The type was in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at the time that Outram Bangs published the list of types, but was accidentally omitted from his list. This form is very distinct from the typical race; Friedmann dis- cussed the differences between distans and allied forms with fairly good material available and his conclusions as to its relationship may be accepted. Illadopsis stictigula pressa Bangs and Loveridge Illadopsis stictigula pressa Bangs and Loveridge, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 12, 1931, p. 94. Type. No. 148499, ad. 9 ; Tanganyika Territory: Nkuka Forest, Rungwe Mountains; 5 April, 1930; Arthur Loveridge. Napothera epilepidota mendeni Neumann Napothera epilepidota mendeni Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 57, 30 June, 1937, p. 152. Type. No. 177863, 9 ; South Sumatra: Gunong Dempo, 1800 metres; 21 July, 1936; J. J. Menden. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 83 No specimen identified by a museum number was designated as the type in Professor Neumann's original description, but his statement in the introduction to the paper in which this and three other sub- species of birds were named that the types are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology coupled with the fact that this was the only specimen of this form received and that the label is marked in Neu- mann's own hand "Typus von Napothera cpilepidoia mendeni Neum.", definitely establish this specimen as the holotype. Alcippe ruficapilla danisi Delacour and Greenway Alcippe (Fulretta) ruficapilla da nisi Delacour and Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 18, 3 May, 1941, p. 47. Type. No. 268092, ad. cf; Laos: Xieng-Khouang; 15 December, 1938: J. Delacour and J. C. Greenway, Jr. Stachyris striolata helenae Delacour and Greenway Stachyris -striolata helenae Delacour and Greenway, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 17 July, 1934, p. 130. Type. No. 265102, <?; western Laos: Nam-Khueng, 20 km. west of Ban- Houesai, Mekong River; 17 January, 1939; J. Delacour, J. C. Greenway, Jr. and F. Edmond-Blanc; Orig. no. 1724, VII Exped. en Indo-Chine. Cyanoderma melanothorax mendeni Neumann now Stachyris melanothorax mendeni (Neumann) Cyanoderma melanothorax mendeni Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 55, 30 April, 1935, p. 136. Type. No. 170622, cf; Java: east of Cheribon, Indromajoe; 17 December, 1929; J. J. Menden. Bought of Professor Oscar Neumann. Brachypteryx leucophrys langbianensis Delacour and Greenway Brachypteryx leucophrys langbianensis Delacour and Greenway, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 17 June, 1939, p. 131. Type. No. 265096, ad. cf; Annam: Pic de Langbian, near Dalat; 13 March, 1939; J. Delacour and J. C. Greenway, Jr.; Field no. 2560, VII Exped. en Indo-Chine. 84 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology fMESiA argentauris galbana Mayr and Greenway = Mesia argentauris vernayi Mayr and Greenway Mesia argentauris galbana Mayr and Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 17, 24 March, 1938, p. 3. Type. No. 179993, cf; Siam: Mt. Angka, 5700 feet; J. A. Griswold, Jr. Mesia argentauris vernayi Mayr and Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 17, 24 March, 1938, p. 3. M. a. vernayi has line anteriority on the same page over galbana. Mr. Greenway tells me that more material proves that color and size differences which were supposed to have differentiated the popula- tions of northern Siam and northern Burma fall within the range of individual variation. TROGLODYTIDAE Thryophilus leucopogon grisescens Griscom Thryophilus leucopogon grisescens Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 359. Type. No. 155820, ad. cf; eastern Panama: Pernio, Caribbean slope; 19 March, 1929; H. Wedel. Thryophilus nigricapillus reditus Griscom Thryophilus nigricapillus reditus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72, 9, 19 January, 1932, p. 358. Type. No. 155797, ad. cf; eastern Panama: Perme, Caribbean slope, 31 August, 1929; H. Wedel. Pheugopedius maculipectus microstictus Griscom Pheugopedius maculipectus microstictus Griscom, Proc. New. England Zool. Club, 12, April, 1930, p. 5. Type. No. 48696, ad.d"; Tamaulipas: Santa Leonor; 9 March, 1909; F. B. Armstrong. Pheugopedius maculipectus petersi Griscom Pheugopedius maculipectus petersi Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 12, April, 1930, p. 7. Type. No. 136857, ad. cf ; eastern Honduras: Lancetilla, 18 February, 1928; J. L. Peters. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 85 Troglodytes brunneicollis compositus Griscom Troglodytes brunneicollis compositus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 76, 1934, p. 395. Type. No. 48657, ad. d"; Tamaulipas: Galindo; 25 March, 1909; F. B. Arm- strong. In his original description Griscom gave the catalogue number of this type as 49657; the actual number is the one given above. Henicorhina leucophrys composita Griscom Henicorhina leucophrys composita Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932, p. 61. Type. No. 161009, ad. cf; Honduras: District of Achaga, Cerro Cantoral, 6500 feet; 13 December, 1931; C. F. Underwood. MIMIDAE Mimus gilvus clarus van Rossem Mimus gilvus clarus van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 401. New name for Mimus gilvus gracilis of Authors, not Cabanis. Type. No. 60596, ad.cT; Quintana Roo: Camp Mengel; 19 March, 1912; J. L. Peters. TURDIDAE Turdus simensis kosteri Neumann Turdus simensis kosteri Neumann, Orn. Monatsb., 37, 6, November, 1929, p. 177. Type. No. 165937, ad. cf ; Benguella: Bailunduland, Cassongue; 6 July, 1928; Paul Koester. Neumann gives Chipepe as the place of capture, but on the collector's original label is written "Cassongue". Merula migratoria achrustera Batchelder now Turdus migratorius achrusterus (Batchelder) Merula migratoria achrustera Batchelder, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 1, 6 March, 1900, p. 104. Type. No. 188205, cf; North Carolina: Raleigh; 8 June, 1894; H. H. and C. S. Brimley. Formerly no. 6433, collection of Charles F. Batchelder. 86 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology TURDUS MIGRATORIUS PERMIXTUS GrisCOm Tardus migratorius permixtus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 1934, p. 396. Type. No. 163992, ad.c?; Guerrero: Chilpancingo, 8000 feet; 25 March, 1932; W. W. Brown. Zoothera monticola atrata Delacour and Greenway Zoothera monticola atrata Delacour and Greenway, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 17 June, 1939, p. 131. Type. No. 265095, ad. 9 ; Tonkin: Chapa, 5000 feet; 29 January, 1939; B. Bjorkegren. Bessonornis albigularis porotoensis Bangs and Loveridge Bessonornis albigularis porotoensis Bangs and Loveridge, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 12, 1931, p: 94. Type. No. 148659, ad. 9 ', Tanganyika Territory: Igale, Poroto Mountains; 28 April, 1930; Arthur Loveridge. Sheppardia cyornithopsis bangsi Friedmann Sheppardia cyornithopsis bangsi Friedmann, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5, p. 323, 1930. Type. No. 134507, ad. cf; Tanganyika Territory: Uluguru Mountains; 23 May, 1921 ; Arthur Loveridge. Cossypha heuglini euronota Friedmann CossypJui heuglini euronota Friedmann, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5, 1930, p. 327. Type. No. 134467, ad. 9 ; Mozambique: Lumbo; 17 July, 1918; Arthur Loveridge. Catharus melpomene bathoica Bangs and Griscom Catharus melpomene bathoica Bangs and Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932, p. 51. Type. No. 147848, d71; Costa Rica: Nicoya Peninsula, Ojo Ancho, 500 feet; 7 November, 1929; Austin Paul Smith. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 87 SYLVIIDAE Cisticola robusta omo Neumann and Lynes Cisticola robusta omo Neumann and Lynes, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 48, 16 July, 1928, p. 136. Type. No. 160986, ad.d"; Ethiopia: Jimma, Dobbi; 29 May, 1925; Professor Neumann and Dr. Heck. On p. 654 of his Review of the Genus Cisticola, Admiral Lynes lists the type of this form as coming from "Kankati, Jimma Terr., southern Ethiopia". Cisticola emini bailunduensis Neumann Cisticola emini bailunduensis Neumann, Journ. f. Orn., 1931, p. 551. Type. No. 166194, ad. 9 ; Benguella: Bailunduland, Chipepe; 18 June, 1928; Paul Koester. This is one of the specimens referred to by Lynes in the Ibis, 1930, Cisticola supplement, p. 314 as "e. Cisticola emini of Angola". On the bank of Professor Neumann's label Lynes has written: "compared with types of emini and conformed, 21 August, 1922. The only known specimen of its kind from Angola, and I will bet it came from one of those granitic kopje masses which are plentiful in the Bailundo- Huambo-Lepe country." f Acrocephalus dumetorum gabrielae Neumann = Hippolais pallida pallida (Hemprich and Ehrenberg) Acrocephalus dumetorum gabrielae Neumann, Verh. Orn. Ges. Bayern, 2, Heft 2/3, 1934, p. 469. Type. No. 166963, ad.o"; Asia Minor: Elmali, westerly of Adalia; 20 May, 1933; Gabriele Neuhauser. Curruca pallida Hemprich and Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys., 1833, sig. bb. Very shortly after describing this form Professor Neumann wrote me, "I committed the most terrible blunder of my whole ornithological life when I described Acrocephalus dumetorum gabrielae which is merely Hippolais pallida, or perhaps a slightly darker race of it." Phylloscopus reguloides ticehursti Delacour and Greenway Phylloscopus reguloides ticehursti Delacour and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 59, 21 July, 1939, p. 151. Type. No. 265098, ad. d" ; Annam: Langbian Peaks, 6000 feet; 4 March, 1939; J. C. Greenway, orig. no. 2355. S8 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Apalis thoracica interjectiva Bangs and Loveridge Apalis thoracica interjectiva Bangs and Loveridge, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 12, 1931, p. 95. Type. No. 148702, ad. d1 ; Tanganyika Territory: Kigogo, Uzungwe Moun- tains; 20 January, 1930; Arthur Loveridge. Apalis eidos Peters and Loveridge Apalis eidos Peters and Loveridge, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 89, 5, 24 February, 1942, p. 252. Type. No. 270942, ad. cf, Belgian Congo: Lake Kivu, Idjwi Island; 28 February 1939; A. Loveridge. Polioptila caerulea deppei van Rossem Polioptila caerulea deppei van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 402. New name for Polioptila caerulea mexicana of Authors, not of Bonaparte. Type. No. 113712, ad.d"; Yucatan: Rio Lagartos; 13 April, 1893; W. W. Brown. Prinia hodgsonii confusa Deignan Prinia hodgsonii confusa Deignan, Smiths. Misc. Coll., 103, 1 September, 1942, 3, p. 6. Type. No. 129216, ad. cf; Yunnan: Mengtse; 5 December, 1920; J. D. La Touche. VIREONIDAE Vireo hypochryseus nitidus van Rossem Vireo hypochryseus nitudus van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 465. Type. No. 221901, ad. a"; Sonora: Hacienda de San Rafael; 2 May, 1888; M. Abbott Frazar. As has been shown by van Rossem, the Hacienda de San Rafael, while formerly in the State of Chihuahua, is now in the State of Sonora owing to relocation of boundary lines. Vireo solitarius pinicolus van Rossem Vireo solitarius pinicolus van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 467. Type. No. 115724, ad. d" ; Chihuahua: Mound Valley; 2 September, 1905; W. W. Brown. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 89 BOMBYCILLIDAE Ptilogonys cinereus pallescens Griscom Ptilogonys cinereus pallescens Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 1934, p. 398. Type. No. 164037, ad. c?; Guerrero: Chilpaneingo, 8000 feet; 25 November, 1931 ; W. W. Brown. LANIIDAE Lanius schach sumatrae Neumann hanius schach sumatrae Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 57, 30 June, 1937, p. 153. Type. No. 178142, ad. a"; South Sumatra: Gunong Dempu, 1800 metres; 28 July, 1936; J. J. Menden. The type is in much worn plumage. Xo specimen identified by number was designated as the type in Professor Neumann's original description, but his statement in the introduction to the paper in which he named this and three other sub- species of birds, that the types are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, coupled with the facts that the data for the type correspond with those on the label of this specimen, and that Professor Neumann has written "Typus von Lanius schach sumatrae Neum." on the label obviously establish this specimen as the holotype. Chlorophoneus abbotti sandgroundi Bangs Chlorophoneus abbotti sandgroundi Bangs, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 12, August, 1931, p. 70. Type. No. 154820, acLd1; southern Rhodesia: Mount Silinda; 7 May, 1930; J. H. Sandground. SITTIDAE Sitta solangiae fortior Delacour and Greenway Sitta solangiae fortior Delacour and Greenway, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 17 June, 1939, p. 133. Type. No. 267097, ad. d"; Annam: Pic de Langbian, near Dalat; 14 March, 1939; J. Delacour, J. C. Greenway, Jr. and F. Edmond-Blanc. Field no. 2602, VII Exped. en Indo-Chine. 90 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology CERTHIDAE f Climacteris placens stevensi Greenway = Climacteris placens meridionalis Hartert Climacteris placens stevensi Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 14, 25 January, 1934, p. 2. Type. No. 167003, ad.c?; Mandated Territory of New Guinea: Mt. Misim, 6800 feet; 20 January, 1933; Herbert Stevens. Climacteris placens meridionalis Hartert, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 21, 1907, p. 27. This race is now placed in synonymy by Mayr in his recent "List of New Guinea Birds". ZOSTEROPIDAE Zosterops silvanus Peters and Loveridge Zosterops silvanus Peters and Loveridge, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 48, 3 May, 1935, p. 77. Type. No. 168994, ad.cf ; Kenya Colony: Taita, Mt. Mbololo, 4800 feet; 21 April, 1934; Arthur Loveridge. The specific name of this bird is a latin masculine substantive signify- ing a woodland deity; there is no reason, therefore, to alter the termin- ation to a feminine one to agree with the gender of the generic name although it is confidently expected that someone will make this blunder. Zosterops virens sarmenticia Bangs and Loveridge Zosterops virens sarmenticia Bangs and Loveridge, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 12, 1931, p. 95. Type. No. 148834, ad. d", Tanganyika Territory: Igale, Poroto Mountains; 25 April, 1930; Arthur Loveridge. Zosterops minor tenuifrons Greenway Zosterops minor tenuifrons Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 14, 25 January, 1934, p. 3. Type. No. 167005, ad. cT; Mandated Territory of New Guinea: Morobe district, Wau, 3700 feet; 24 March, 1932; Herbert Stevens. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 91 NECTARINIIDAE Aethopyga gouldiae harrietae Delacour and Greenway Aethopyga gouldiae harrietae Delacour and Greenway, Ois. Rev. Frang. d'Orn., 10, 1940, p. 68. Type. No. 269194, d1', Laos: Phu-Kobo, near Xieng-Khouang ; 12 December, 1938; J. Delacour, J. C. Greenway, Jr., F. Edmond-Blanc. Field no. 323, VII Exped. en Indo Chine. Aethopyga ezrai blanci Delacour and Greenway Aethopyga ezrai blanci Delacour and Greenway, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 17 June, 1939, p. 133. Type. No. 265101, o" ; Laos: Phu-Kobo, 2000 metres, near Xieng-Khouang; 9 December, 1938; J. Delacour, J. C. Greenway, Jr. and F. Edmond- Blanc. Field no. 191, VII Exped. en Indo Chine. Anthreptes orientalis barbouri Friedmann Anthreptes orientalis barbouri Friedmann, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5, 1931, p. 383. Type. No. 134345, ad. 9 ; Tanganyika Territory: Dodoma; 7 December, 1918; A. Loveridge. MELIPHAGIDAE Meliphaga gracilis stevensi Rand Meliphaga gracilis stevensi Rand, Am. Mus. Novit., no. 872, July, 1936, p. 20. Type. No. 168055, cT; New Guinea: Morobe district, Biolowat, 2250 feet; 27 May, 1932; H. Stevens. COMPSOTHLYPIDAE Dendroica aestiva amnicola Batchelder Dendroica aestiva amnicola Batchelder, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 6, 6 February, 1918, p. 82. Type. No. 188206, d1; Newfoundland! Custlett; 14 June, 1890; John C. Cahoon. Formerly no. 5360 Collection of Charles F. Batchelder. 92 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Dendroica petechia armouri Greenway Dendroica petechia armouri Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 26 April, 1933, p. 63. Type. No. 157790, cT; Old Providence Island; 13 March, 1933; James C. Greenway, Jr. Dendroica plumbea guadeloupensis Brodkorb Dendroica plumbea guadeloupensis Brodkorb, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 44, 1931, p. 3. Type. No. 66508, ad. 9 ; Lesser Antilles: Guadeloupe, Saint Claude; 26 June, 1914; G. K. Noble. Chamaethlypis poliocephala ridgwayi Griscom Chamaethlypis poliocephala ridgwayi Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 12, April, 1930, p. 7. Type. No. 118269, ad. d"; southwestern Costa Rica: Boruca; 10 June, 1906; C. F. Underwood. Seiurus aurocapillus furvior Batchelder Seiurus aurocapillus furvior Batchelder, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 6, 6 February, 1918, p. 81. Type. No. 188207, d"; Newfoundland: near Deer Pond; 21 June, 1894; A. E. Colburn. Formerly no. 6750 Collection of Charles F. Batchelder. Granatellus sallaei griscomi van Rossem Granatellus sallaei griscomi van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 403. Type. No. 28916, d\ presumably ad.; Guatemala: Coban, by designation. No original label. The type is one from a collection of about 125 mounted birds from all parts of the world bought of H. A. Ward by Alexander Agassiz in the summer and fall of 1880 and by him presented to the Museum. Many of these specimens are still on exhibition in the synoptic gallery, but during the years that the late Outram Bangs was Curator of Birds, the rarer and more desirable species were withdrawn from exhibition, taken down and placed in the skin collection. The date when the specimen under discussion was added to the study collection is not known. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 93 MOTACILLIDAE Motacilla capensis simplicissima Neumann Motacilla capensis simplicissima Neumann, Orn. Monatsb., 37, 6, November, 1929, p. 176. Type. No. 165971, ad. o"; Benguella: Bailunduland, Chipepe; 25 June, 1928; Paul Koester. Anthus australis exiguus Greenway Anthus australis exiguus Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 14, 1 February, 1935, p. 53. Type. No. 168358, ad. d1; northeastern New Guinea: Morobe district, Wau, 3500 feet; 22 April, 1932; Herbert Stevens. ALAUDIDAE Mirafra javanica aliena Greenway Mirafra javanica aliena Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 14, 1 February, 1935, p. 50. Type. No. 168361, ad. $ ; northeastern New Guinea: Morobe district, Biolo- wat Camp, 2250 feet; 23 June, 1932; Herbert Stevens. Eremophila alpestris aharonii Neumann Eremophilii nlj>estris aharonii Neumann, Anz. Orn. Ges. Bayern, 2, 8 March, 1934, p. 333. Type. No. 160990, ad.d"; Syria: Ras Baalbek; 17 April, 1931; T. Aharoni. FRINGILLIDAE Pipilo fuscus texanus van Rossem Pipilo fuscus texanus van Rossem, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 7, 34, 31 May, 1934, p. 371. Type. No. 316022, (formerly 16025, Thayer Collection), ad.d"; Texas: Kerrville; 24 April, 1910; F. B. Armstrong. Colonel Thayer made a slight error in cataloguing six specimens of Pipilo fuscus all collected by Armstrong at Kerrville, Texas. Two of the Thayer birds bore his number 16025. The only specimen, however, which agrees with the date and sex of the type is listed in the catalogue under 16022, but none of the skins catalogued from 16020 and 16025 94 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology inclusive bear this number on their labels. The seventh specimen of the series was taken in Kerr County, Texas, 8 April, 1914, also by Arm- strong. Pipilo fuscus perpallidus van Rossem Pipilo fuscus perpallidus van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 483. Type. No. 222952; Chihuahua: Chihuahua; 30 November, 1888; M. Abbott Frazar. Pipilo maculatus griseipygius van Rossem Pipilo maculatus griseipygius van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 482. Type. No. 222899, ad. cf; Chihuahua: Jesus Maria; undated, but probably the autumn of 1884; R. R. McLeod. Pipilo maculatus consobrinus Ridgway Pipilo maculatus consobrinus Ridgway, Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., 2, 2, April, 1876, p. 189. Cotijpe. No. 328590, ad. & ; Lower California: Guadelupe Island; 20 February, 1875; Dr. Edward Palmer. This specimen is one of the original series taken by Dr. Edward Palmer on which Ridgway based his description. Following the usual custom in such cases, I consider that all specimens of the type series should rank as cotypes. This bird was exchanged by the United States National Museum to Col. John E. Thayer several years ago; Col. Thayer had it mounted and placed on exhibition in his beautiful little private museum. Together with other mounted birds, this speci- men came to the Museum of Comparative Zoology after Col. Thayer's death. It has been relaxed and is once more in the form of a skin. Passerina leclancheri grandior Griscom Passerina leclancheri grandior Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 1934, p. 420. Type. No. 238393, ad.d" ; Oaxaca: Chivela; 19 March, 1927; W. W. Brown. Melozone rubricatum grisior van Rossem Melozone rubricatum grisior van Rossem, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 7, 23, 31 March, 1933, p. 283. Type. No. 222695, ad. a*; Sonora: Hacienda de San Rafael; 11 May, 1888; M. Abbott Frazar. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 95 At the time that Frazar collected at Hacienda de San Rafael, it was located in extreme western Chihuahua. Since then the Sonora- Chihuahua boundary has been relocated and it appears that the Hacienda now lies within the borders of the State of Sonora as mapped today. The relocation of political boundaries, reapportionment of countries among the great powers and the renaming of territories, while of absolutely no zoographical significance, bring about much confusion in correctly locating type localities of fifty years ago by present day maps. Amphispiza bilineata confinis van Rossem Amphispiza bilineata confinis van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934. Type. No. 222576, ad.cT; Chihuahua: Chihuahua; 12 November, 1888; M. Abbott Frazar. Xenospiza baileyi Bangs Xenospiza baileyi Bangs, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 12, 1931, p. 87. Type. No. 45986, ad.c?; Jalisco: Bolaiios; 8 March, 1889; (W. B. Richard- son?). I know of no instance that could possibly give better evidence of Outram Bangs' retentive memory for every bird skin that he ever handled than the circumstances that led to the naming of this bird. As he explained in the original description, the skin of the type had lain unnamed for many years in a "first series" tray. When he unpacked a finch that Alfred M. Bailey had recently collected in Mexico and forwarded to the M. C. Z. for identification, without saying a word Bangs went directly to the tray in question, selected the skin whose identity had been a mystery for so many years, compared it with Bailey's freshly collected specimen and lo, the two matched. Aimophila quinquestriata septentrionalis van Rossem Aimophila quinquestriata septentrionalis van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 485. Type. No. 222625, ad. cT; "Chihuahua" {i.e. Sonora): Hacienda de San Rafael; 18 May, 1888; M. Abbott Frazar. Aimophila humeralis asticta Griscom Aimophila humeralis asticta Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 1934, p. 417. Type. No. 111800, ad.d"; Colima: Colima; 20 January, 1889; W. B. Richard- son. 96 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology AlMOPHILA RUFESCENS ANTONENSIS Van Rossem Aimophila rufescens antonensis van Rossem, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9, 36, 1 October, 1942, p. 436. Type. No. 114601, ad. cf ; Sonora: La Chumata Mine, 4500 feet, Sierra de San Antonio; 23 May 1905; W. W. Brown. The type locality is in north central Sonora; Brown collected there in May and June 1905 for the late John E. Thayer. Col. Thayer gave some of the birds to Outram Bangs and they became a part of the Museum of Comparative Zoology collection when the museum ac- quired the Bangs Collection. Aimophila rufescens subvespera Griscom Aimophila rufescens subvespera Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 1934 , p. 418. Type. No. 164571, ad. 9 ; Guerrero: Chilpancingo; 2 March, 1932; W. W. Brown. Aimophila ruficeps simulans van Rossem Aimophila ruficeps simulans van Rossen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 486. Type. No. 222783, ad.cT; Chihuahua: Mina Abundancia; 20 April 1888; M. Abbott Frazar. Passerculus sandwichensis oblitus Peters and Griscom Passerculus sandwichensis oblitus Peters and Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 80, 13, 19 January, 1938, p. 454. Type. No. 172949 (formerly no. 23851 National Museum of Canada), ad. d" ; Manitoba: Churchill; 4 June, 1930; P. A. Taverner. Passerculus sandwichensis crassus Peters and Griscom Passerculus sandwichensis crassus Peters and Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 80, 13, 19 January, 1938, p. 459. Type. No. 322033 (formerly no. 22033 J. E. Thayer Collection), <f ; Alaska: Sitka; 25 August, 1915; W. W. Brown. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 97 f Loxia curvirostra turkestanensis Griscom = Loxia curvirostra altaiensis Sushkin Loxia curvirostra turkestanensis Griscom, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 41, 5, 1937, p. 187. Cotype. No. 98536, cf; Turkestan: Semiretschie region, vicinity of Naryn, 10,000 feet; 26 December, 1915; V. Dacenko. Cotype. No. 98537, 9 : Turkestan: Semiretschie region, vicinity of Naryn, 9000 feet; 4 December, 1915; V. Dacenko. Loxia curvirostra altaiensis Sushkin, List and distr. Bds. Russian Altai, etc., Leningrad, 1925, p. 66. Ongudai, Central Altai. Turkestanensis is a manuscript name of Sushkin's which he wrote on the labels of two specimens in his collection that were acquired from him by the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Griscom inadvertently validated this manuscript name in his "Monographic Study of the Red Crossbill", but there are certain discrepancies between his account and the actual data on the specimens here claimed as cotypes. Briefly, the facts are these: Griscom writes "A pair from the Sushkin Coll. are before me from Naryn, Russian Turkestan, collected December 26, 1915. They are labelled 'turkestanensis' and this word has been crossed out and 'tianschaniea' has been added in another handwriting." Then follows diagnosis, measurements, and a statement that these speci- mens really represent altaiensis. It will be noted, however, that the male was the only one of the "pair" collected 26 December, the female having been taken three weeks previously. Moreover, while it is per- fectly true that both birds are labelled 'turkestanensis' in Sushkin's hand, that name has not been crossed out neither has 'tianschaniea' been added in another hand. At first I naturally supposed that the speci- mens referred to by Griscom must be in some collection other than that of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, but inquiry reveals that no specimens even approaching the data of the two Sushkin birds are to be found in any American Museum so the natural inference is that the statement about the erased name must be due to some confusion with other specimens. Loxia curvirostra bangsi Griscom Loxia enrvirostra bangsi Griscom, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 41, 5, 1937, p. 191. Type. No. 142702, c? subadult; western Szechwan: Hadjaturgoo; 1 June, 1929; H. Stevens. 98 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology LOXIA CURVIROSTRA MESAMERICANA GrisCOm Loxia curvirostra mesamericana Griscom, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 41, 5, January, 1937, p. 136. Type. No. 163123, ad. c? ; south-central Honduras: Rancho Quemado; 16 August, 1932; C. F. Underwood. Loxia curvirostra neogaea Griscom Loxia curvirostra neogaea Griscom, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 41, 5, January, 1937, p. 110. Type. No. 211094, <?; Maine: Lake Umbagog; 9 February, 1886; L. Sargent. The type is one of a series originally aggregating forty-three birds; all of them were shot the same day and sent to William Brewster who himself prepared and sexed the entire number. In his catalogue- journal Brewster writes: "They reached me in fairly good condition and I skinned and dissected every one of them. The Crossbills were all breeding and there was not the slightest difficulty in sexing them. In fact the sex mark in every case is absolutely reliable." The type is not in fully adult plumage there being a certain admix- ture of yellow feathers on the chest, center of abdomen occiput and back. Brewster sexed the type as "cf" in distinction from some desig- nated as "cf ad." or "<? yellow plumage". I cannot help but feel that Griscom's renaming of the Red Crossbill of eastern North America was uncalled for. His chief basis for action was a photograph of the types of Crucirostra minor Brehm and Loxia pusilla Gloger, both in the Berlin Museum, published in Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 7, no. 30, 1934, to accompany an article by van Rossem on some types of North American birds in European museums. It had already been shown by Stresemann that Gloger's pusilla published in 1839 antedated Brehm's minor published in 1846 but he did not realize that two races were involved, van Rossem's examination of the types revealed the fact that in reality pusilla was one of the large-billed type of crossbill known as Loxia curvirostra percna Bent and that minor was a different subspecies. The photo- graph published was intended to show the difference in size of bill of the two specimens. While measurements of the large-billed form were given, none were appended of the small-billed bird; nevertheless Gris- com referred this bird to the small northwestern race sitkensis Grinnell, influenced no doubt by van Rossem whom he quotes as saying "the provisional type of minor as illustrated by me is definitely and unques- tionably the smallest billed bird of all". In as much as Griscom's peters: supplementary list of types of birds 99 own measurements for neogaea are wing 86.5-91; culmen 15.5-17.5; depth of bill 9-10 and for minor (= sitkensis) wing 81.-88.5; culmen 13.5-15; depth of bill 8-8.8, it seems to me that the very slight men- sural differences make it rash to attempt any switch of names on the basis of an unseen and unmeasured type. If this view is shared by others then the name of the smaller of the eastern races of Lo.via curvirostra will remain minor as in the 4th. edi- tion of the A. O. U. Checklist and neogaea will fall as a synonym. f Erythrina edwardsii rubicunda Greenway = Erythrina edwardsii edwardsii Verreaux Erythrina edwardsii rvMcunda Greenway, Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., 74, 5, 20 February, 1933, p. 163. Type. No. 159303, ad.d"; Tibet: Su-Wa-Tong, upper slopes of Mt. Keni- chumpo or Gomba-La, east slope of the Salween-Irawaddy Divide at 14,000 feet; July, 1931; J. F. Rock. Carpodacus edwardsii Verreaux, Nouv. Arch. Mus. 6, 1870, Bull. p. 39. Mr. Greenway believes that he mistook post mortem color change for geographical variation. Erythrina vinacea rubidior Greenway Erythrina vinacea rubidior Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 74, 5, 20 February, 1933, p. 164. Type. No. 159258, ad.cf ; Tibet: mountains of Tung-la, 12,000-14,000 feet; August, 1931; Joseph F. Rock. Although not stated in the original description, the exact type locality is above Ho-fu-ping, on the west slope of the Pe-Ma-Shan, Yangtze-Mekong Divide. Carpodacus argyrophrys Berlioz now Erythrina pulcherrima argyrophrys (Berlioz) Carpodacus argyrophrys Berlioz, Bull, du Museum (2) 1, 1929, p. 131. Type. No. 238546, ad. d"; Kansu: Mt. Lieuhoashan, (between Choni and Titao); 16 July, 1925; J. F. Rock. At the time Berlioz described this form he wrote me saying that his name was based upon the series in the Museum of Comparative Zool- ogy from Kansu, described at length by Peters and me (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68, 1928, p. 374-375) and asked me to mark as type a good characteristic male. This I have done as above. 100 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Stresemann (Orn. Mon. 38, 1930, p. 72-76) reviews this troublesome group of Rosy Finches, and, as it seems to me, reaches definite and final conclusions. [O.B.] Linurgus kilimensis RUNGWENSis Bangs and Loveridge Linurgus kilimensis rungwensis Bangs and Loveridge, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 12, 1931, p. 96. Type. No. 148987, ad.cf; Tanganyika Territory: Nkuka Forest, Rungwe Mountains; 9 April, 1930; Arthur Loveridge. Spinus notatus oleaceus Griscom Spinus notatus oleaceus Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 Novem- ber, 1932, p. 61. Type. No. 161011, ad. d"; Honduras: District of Achaga, Cerro Cantoral, 6500 feet; 6 December, 1931; C. F. Underwood. Saltator atriceps flavicrissus Griscom Saltator atriceps flavicrissus Griscom, Auk, 54, April, 1937, p. 198. Type. No. 172345, breeding d1 ; Guerrero: Isgusgilite; 15 May, 1936; W. W. Brown. The locality is clearly written Isgusgilite in Brown's legible hand on the original label of the type and three other specimens of the series; on a fifth specimen it is written Isgusqilite and on the sixth bird "Esposcalete". Griscom in his description added a fourth variation, — Isguagilite. Amaurospizopsis relictus Griscom Amaurospizopsis relictus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 10 January, 1934, p. 412, fig. 1, p. 413, (generic details). Type. No. 164702, ad. c? ; Guerrero: mountains above Chilpancingo; 19 May, 1932; W. W. Brown. I am not particularly impressed with the value of the generic char- acters relied upon to separate Amaurospizopsis from Amaurospiza, especially in view of the greater number of points of resemblance than of divergence; the large operculated nostril is common to both genera; there is no essential difference in the length or stiffness of the rictal bristles; the groove either side of the culmen and the faint ridges and grooves on the maxilla of Amaurospizopsis are indicated in some speci- mens of Amaurospiza; the shape of the bill is a matter of degree only; peters: supplementary list of types of birds 101 Amaurospizopsis has a more rounded tail, a character not mentioned in the original diagnosis, but well shown in the drawing of the struc- tural details. f Amaurospizopsis concolor Griscom = Amaurospizopsis relictus Griscom Amaurospizopsis concolor Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 10, January, 1934, expl. to plate. Amaurospiza concolor australis Griscom Amaurospiza concolor australis Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 10, January, 1934, p. 415. Type. No. 165751, imm. cf; Panama: Pacific slope of Chiriqui, Boquete, 5100 feet; 20 November, 1931; Rex R. Benson. In the original description Griscom gave the catalogue number as 164571, an obvious error, and the age of the type as adult. There are four birds from western Panama all taken by Benson, the data for each are as follows : 165751, imm. cT, Chiriqui, Boquete, Quiel, 20 Nov. 1931, 5100 ft. 165752 ad. &, Chiriqui, Boquete, Cerro Punto, 16 Jan. 1932, 6200 ft. 165753 ad. d\ Chiriqui, Boquete, Cerro Punto, 11 Jan. 1932, 6200 ft. 165754 ad. d\ Chiriqui, Boquete, Cerro Punto, 6 Jan. 1932, 6100 ft. Thus it will be seen that in spite of the scrambled number and erroneous age, number 165751 is the only specimen that corresponds with the data given for the type. Unfortunately at the time that Gris- com was revising these finches he failed to attach a red label or other- wise indicate which specimen he actually intended to use as the type. Pheucticus chrysopeplus dilutus van Rossem Pheucticus chrysopeplus dilutus van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 December, 1934, p. 479. Type. No. 223067, ad. cT ; Chihuahua: La Trompa; 10 May, 1885; R. R. McLeod. COEREBIDAE Diglossa baritula parva Griscom Diglossa baritula parva Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 Novem- ber, 1932, p. 61. Type. No. 161010, ad. d" ; Honduras: District of Achaga, Rancho Quemado, 6700 feet; 5 April, 1932; C. F. Underwood. 102 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology THRAUPIDAE f Ramphocelus dimidiatus albirostris Griscom = Ramphocelus dimidiatus pallidirostris Hellmayr Ramphocelus dimidiatus albirostris Griscom, Auk, 50, 3, 10 July, 1933, p. 307. Type. No. 108397, ad. d" ; Western Panama: Pacific slope of western Chiriqui, Divala; 13 November, 1900; W. W. Brown. Tanagra albirostris Boddaert, Table PI. enlum., 1783, p. 8, a synonym of Ramphocelus carbo carbo (Pallas). Ramphocelus dimidiatus pallidirostris Hellmayr, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ., Zool. Ser., 13, pt. 9, 1936, p. 256. New name for R. d. albirostris Griscom, preoccupied. PlRANGA ERYTHROCEPHALA CANDIDA Griscom Piranga erythrocephala Candida Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 10, Jan., 1934, p. 410. Type. No. 222049, ad. cT ; Chihuahua (now Sonora) : Hacienda de San Rafael; 15 May, 1888; M. Abbott Frazar. Habia rubica hesterna Griscom and Greenway Habia rubica hesterna Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 437. Type. No. 1 76738, ad. d* ; Brazil : Para, Patuna, on the right bank -of the Rio Tapajoz; 26 June, 1933,; A. M. Olalla. Habia rubica holobrunnea Griscom Habia rubica holobrunnea Griscom, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5, 1930, p. 290. Type. No. 233707, ad. d"; Mexico: Vera Cruz, Montzorongo; 20 February, 1925; W. W. Brown. Lanio leucothorax reversus Bangs and Griscom Lanio leucothorax reversus Bangs and Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1932, p. 53. Type. No. 147835; Costa Rica: Punta Arenas, Las Agujas; 9 October, 1929; Austin Paul Smith. Tangara cayana littoralis Griscom and Greenway Tangara, cayana littoralis Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 436. Type. No. 145451, ad. d1; Surinam: near Paramaribo; 29 June, 1921; T. E. Penard. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 103 ICTERIDAE Molothrus bonariensis riparius Griscom and Greenway Molothrus bonariensis riparius Griscom and Greenway, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 81, 2, May ( = 10 June), 1937, p. 434. Type. No. 176543, ad. 9 ; Brazil: Rio Tapaj6z, Pinhy; 11 June, 1933; A. M. Olalla. Sturnella magna subulata Griscom Sturnella magna subulata Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 10, Jan., 1934, p. 405. Type. No. 109448, ad. rf; Panama: Chiriqui (Pacific slope), Boquete, 4000 feet; 30 January, 1901; W. W. Brown. f Icterus gualanensis Underwood = Icterus chrysater chrysater (Lesson) Icterus gualanensis Underwood, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, no. 55, 1898, p. 59. Cotype. No. 113872, d"; Guatemala: Gualan; 4 August, 1897; C. F. Under- wood. Cotype. No. 113873, 9 ; Guatemala: Gualan; 11 July, 1897; C. F. Underwood. Xanthornus chrysater Lesson, Compl. Oeuvr. Buff on, 7, 1847, p. 332. The two skins listed above were not recognized as "types" until Griscom found them to be such while at work on the Dwight collection of Guatemala birds. They were in Underwood's private collection of birds when that was purchased by Col. John E. Thayer, and presented to me, to come later to the Museum of Comparative Zoology. There may be other co types but I doubt it. [O.B.] Icterus sclateri flammulatus Griscom Icterus sclateri flammulatus Griscom, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 13, 7 November, 1931, p. 62. Type. No. 161012, ad. cf ; Honduras: Monte Redondo; 15 December, 1931; C. F. Underwood. Icterus pustulatus microstictus Griscom Icterus pustulatus microstictus Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 10, Jan., 1934, p. 408. Type. No. 1 14624, ad. & ; Sonora: Guaymas; 22 February, 1905; W. W. Brown. 104 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology EULABETIDAE Scissirostrum dubium pelingense Neumann Scissirostrum dubium pelingense Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 59, 21 Jan., 1939, p. 47. Type. No. 270501, cf; Peling Island; 17 July, 1938; J. J. Menden. PARADISEIDAE Parotia lawesi fuscior Greenway Parotia lawesi fuscior Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 14, 25 Jan., 1934, p. 2. Type. No. 167002, ad. 9 ; Mandated Territory of New Guinea: Mt. Misim, 6400 feet; 19 December, 1933; Herbert Stevens. Lophorina superba sphinx Neumann Lophorina superba sphinx Neumann, Orn. Monatsb., 40, 1932, p. 121. Type. No. 153639, ad. 9 or yg. a" ; New Guinea, exact locality not known. Bought from Professor Oscar Neumann. Paradisea rudolphi ampla Greenway Paradisea rudolphi ampla Greenway, Proc. New England Zool. Club, 14, 25 Jan., 1934, p. 1. Type. No. 167001, ad.cf; Mandated Territory of New Guinea: Mt. Misim, 5700 feet; 5 April, 1933; Herbert Stevens. CORVIDAE Crypsirina varians longipennis Neumann Crypsirina various longipennis Neumann, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 55, 30 April, 1935, p. 136. Type. No. 170621, 9 ; Siam: Chantaboon; 21 February, 1930; C. J. Aagaard. Purchased from Professor Oscar Neumann. Aphelocoma californica remota Griscom Aphelocoma californica remota Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 75, 10, Jan., 1934, p. 392. Type. No. 163815, ad. 9 ; Guerrero: Chilpancingo; 27 October, 1931; W. W. Brown. Xanthoura luxuosa maya van Rossem Xanthoura luxuosa maya van Rossem, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 77, 7, 29 Decem- ber, 1934, p. 397. Type. No. 115266, ad. 9 ; Yucatan: Rio Lagartos; 1 June, 1893; W. W. Brown. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 105 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PUBLISHED WRITINGS OF OUTRAM BANGS By Margaret D. Porter Titles in which Outram Bangs is sole author 1894. Another record of the breeding of the Saw-whet Owl (Nyctale acadia) in eastern Massachusetts. Auk, 11, 1 : 78, Jan. Distribution of the Hudsonian Chickadee. Auk, 11, 1 : 82, Jan. Synaptomys cooperii Baird in eastern Massachusetts; with notes on Synaptomys stonei Rhoads, especially as to the validity of this species. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 9: 99-104, Apr. 14. Description of a new Field Mouse (Arvicola terraenovae sp. nov.) from Codroy, Newfoundland. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 9: 129-132, pi. 2, July 27. Description of a new muskrat from Codroy, Newfoundland. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 9: 133-138, Sept. 15. 1895. The geographical distribution of the eastern races of the cottontail (Lepus sylvaticus Bach.) with a description of a new subspecies and with notes on the distribution of the northern hare (Lepus americanus Erxl.) in the east. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 26: 404-414, Jan. 31. Notes on North American mammals. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 26: 1-17, July 31. (Author's separately paged reprint). Id: 529-546, Oct. (regular edition). The present standing of the Florida Manatee, Trichechus latirostris (Harlan) in the Indian River waters. The American Naturalist, 29, 345: 783-787, Sept. 1896. A review of the weasels of eastern North America. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10: 1-24, 3 pll, Feb. 25. The Florida Deer. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10: 25-28, Feb. 25. Notes on the synonymy of the North American Mink with description of a new subspecies. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 27: 1-6, 2 pll., Mar. On a small collection of mammals from Lake Edward, Quebec. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 10: 45-52, Mar. 9. An important addition to the fauna of Massachusetts. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 27: 159-161, Oct. The Cotton Mouse, Peromyscus gossypinus. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton, 10: 119-125, Nov. 5. Preliminary description of the Newfoundland Caribou. 4 pp. printed for the author by Alfred Mudge & Son, Boston, Nov. 11, at 5 o'clock, P.M 106 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Preliminary description of a new Vole from Labrador. The American Naturalist, 30, 1896, 360: 1051, Dec. 1. Some new mammals from Indian Territory and Missouri. Proc. Binl. Soc. Washington, 10: 135-138, Dec. 28. The skunks of the genus Mephitis of eastern North America. Proc Biol. Soc. Washington, 10: 139-144, Dec. 28. A review of the squirrels of eastern North America. Proc. Biol. Son Washington, 10: 145-167, 3 pll., Dec. 28. 1897. A new White-footed Mouse from British Columbia. The American Naturalist, 31, 361 : 74-75, Jan. Preliminary description of the Newfoundland Marten. The American Naturalist, 31, 362: 161-162, Feb. Preliminary description of a new race of the Eastern Vole from Nova Scotia. The American Naturalist, 31, 363: 239-241, Mar. Notes on the lynxes of eastern North America, with descriptions of two new species. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11: 47-51, 1 pi., Mar. 16. Description of a new Red Fox from Nova Scotia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11: 53-55, Mar. 16. On a small collection of mammals from Hamilton Inlet, Labrador. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11: 235-240, 1 col. pi., Sept. 17. A new race of Pine Squirrel from the coast region of northern California. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 11: 281-282, Dec. 30. 1898. A new name for the Nova Scotia Fox. Science, N. S., 7, 165: 271-272, Feb. 25. The land mammals of peninsular Florida and the coast region of Georgia. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 28, 7: 157-235, Mar. Descriptions of two new skunks of the genus Mephitis. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 31-33, Mar. 24. Descriptions of the Newfoundland Otter and Red Fox. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 35-38, Mar. 24. The eastern races of the American Varying Hare. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 77-82, Mar. 24. Description of a new White-footed Mouse from the Mount Baker Range, British Columbia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 83-84, Mar. 24. Some new races of birds from eastern North America. The Auk, 15, 2: 173-183, Apr. Cairns's Warbler (Dettdroica coerulescens caimsi) in Georgia on migra- tion. The Auk, 15, 2: 192, Apr. A new raccoon from Nassau Island, Bahamas. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 12: 91-92, Apr. 30. Description of a new fox from Santa Marta, Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 93-94, Apr. 30. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 107 A new murine opossum from Margarita Island. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 12: 95-96, Apr. 30. On some birds from Santa Marta, Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 12: 131-144, June 3. A list of the mammals of Labrador. The American Naturalist, 32, 379 : 489-507, July. On some birds from Pueblo Viejo, Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 12: 157-160, Aug. 10. Description of some new mammals from the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 161-165, Aug. 10. A new race of the little Harvest Mouse from West Virginia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 167-168, Aug. 10. A new name for the Georgia Old Field Mouse. Science, N. S., 8, 190: 214-215, Aug. 19. On some birds from the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 171-182, Oct. 31. On Sciurus variabilis from the Santa Marta region of Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 183-186, Nov. 16. A new Rock Vole from Labrador. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 187-188, Nov. 16. A new Sigmodon from the Santa Marta region of Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 12: 189-190, Dec. 30. 1899. A new pigmy Oryzomys from the Santa Marta region of Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13: 9-10, Jan. 31. The Florida Puma. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13: 15-17, Jan. 31. A new race of Striped Spermophile from Missouri. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 1-2, Feb. 8. Notes on some mammals from Black Bay, Labrador. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 9-18, Feb. 28. The Florida Meadowlark. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 19-21, Feb. 28. A new lynx from the coast of California. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1:23-25, Mar. 31. A new race of chickaree. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 27-29, Mar. 31. A new Barred Owl from Corpus Christi, Texas. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 31-32, Mar. 31. On the subspecies of Manacus manacus (Linn.). Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1:33-37, Mar. 31. The hummingbirds of the Santa Marta region of Colombia. The Auk, 16, 2: 132-139, 1 col. pl., Apr. Descriptions of two new pikas from western North America. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 39-42, June 5. 108 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology A new Gray Fox from the upper Mississippi Valley. Proc. New Eng- land Zool. CI., 1: 43-44, June 5. A new rail from southern California. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1 : 45-46, June 5. The Labrador Spruce Grouse. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 47-48, June 5. Three new weasels from North America. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 53-57, June 9. Descriptions of some new mammals from western North America. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 65-72, July 31. On some new or rare birds from the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 13: 91-108, Nov. 11. A new bat from Colombia. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 73-74, Nov. 24. On a small collection of birds from San Sebastian, Colombia. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 75-80, Dec. 27. Description of a new weasel from the Rocky Mountains of British Colombia. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 81-82, Dec. 27. The gray-breasted Wood Wrens of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 83-84, Dec. 27. 1900. A new Jack Rabbit from western Mexico. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 85-86, Feb. 23. List of the mammals collected in the Santa Marta region of Colombia by W. W. Brown, Jr. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 87-102, 1 pi., Feb. 23. A review of the Three-toed Woodpeckers of North America. The Auk, 17, 2: 126-142, Apr. A new dove from the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Colombia. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 1: 107-109, May 14. Description of a new Rice Crackle. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2: 11-12, June 30. Notes on a collection of Bahama Birds. The Auk, 17, 3: 283-293, July. List of Birds collected by W. W. Brown, Jr., at Loma del Leon, Panama. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2: 13-34, Sept. 20. Three new rodents from southern Labrador. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2: 35-41, Sept. 20. Description of a new squirrel from Panama. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2:43-44, Sept. 20. Occurrence of the Little Blue Heron in Labrador. The Auk, 17, 4: 386, Oct. 1901. Birds of San Miguel Island, Panama, The Auk, 18, 1: 24-32, Jan. A new Honey Creeper from San Miguel Island, Panama. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2: 51-52, Feb. 8. peters: supplementary list op types of birds 109 A new meadowlark from South America. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2: 55-56, Feb. 15. A new Ground Dove from western Mexico. The Auk, 18, 3 : 257-258, July. On a collection of birds from the Liu Kiu Islands. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 36, no. 8: 255-269, July. Notes on a small collection of mammals from the Liu Kiu Islands. The American Naturalist, 35, no. 415: 561-562, July. Notes on the American Rough-winged Swallows, with description of a new subspecies. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2: 57-60, July 31. A new Ortalis from the Archipelago de las Perlas, Bay of Panama. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2: 61-62, July 31. A new Phaethornis from the Santa Marta region of Colombia. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2: 63-65, July 31. On an apparently unnamed race of Buteo borealis. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2:67-69, July 31. The mammals collected in San Miguel Island, Panama, by W. W. Brown, Jr. The American Naturalist, 35, 416: 631-644, Aug. On a collection of birds made by W. W. Brown, Jr., at David and Divala, Chiriqui. The Auk, 18, 4: 355-370, Oct. Description of a new woodpecker from Chiriqui. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2: 99-100, Dec. 30. 1902. On a second collection of birds made in Chiriqui, by W. W. Brown, Jr. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 3: 15-70, Jan. 30. Two new birds from San Miguel Island, Bay of Panama. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 3: 71-73, Mar. 31. Descriptions of two new, insular blarinas from eastern Massachusetts. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 3: 75-78, Mar. 31. Descriptions of ten new birds from the Santa Marta region of Colom- bia. Proc. New England Zool. CI,, 3: 81-90, Mar. 31. Chiriqui Mammalia. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 39, 2: 17-51, Apr. A new Long-billed Marsh Wren from eastern North America. The Auk, 19, 4:349-353, Oct. The occurrence of boobies in numbers on the east coast of Florida during a storm. The Auk, 19, 4: 395-396, Oct. Description of a new thrush from Chiriqui. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 3: 91-92, Oct. 10. 1903. Stejneger's catalogue of birds thus far recorded from the Liu Kiu Islands, Japan, revised with additions to date. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 3: 93-97, Feb. 6. Description of a new race of the Great Blue Heron from the Galapagos Islands. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 3: 99-100, Feb. 6. 110 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology On a specimen of Galictis canaster Nelson. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 3: 101-102, Feb. 6. A new race of Scotothorus veraepacis from Chiriqui. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 3: 103-104, Feb. 6. Description of a new subspecies of Manacus candei (Parzud.). Proc. New England Zool. CI., 3: 105-106, Feb. 6. A new race of the Carolina Chickadee from southern Florida. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 1-2, Mar. 16. A new wren from San Miguel Island, Bay of Panama. Proc. New Eng- land Zool. CI., 4: 3-4, Mar. 16. The Louisiana Cardinal. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 5-7, Mar. 24. A new race of Vireosylva josephae from Chiriqui. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 9-10, Mar. 24. Description of a new Neotoma from Mexico. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing- ton, 16: 89-90, June 25. The proper name of the Redwood Chickaree. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 16: 99-100, June 25. Birds and mammals from Honduras. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cam- bridge, 39, 6: 141-159, July. 1904. Two new subspecies of tropical American tyrant birds. Proc. Biol. Soc- Washington, 17: 113-114, May 18. A correction of Barrows' record of Coccyzus pumilus from Concepcion del Uruguay. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17: 165, Dec. 27. On a supposed continental specimen of Solenodon. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 17: 166, Dec. 27. 1905. Notes on the Deer Mice (Peromyscus) of some of the islands off the southern New England coast. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 11-15, Feb. 28. The vertebrata of Gorgona Island, Colombia. Introduction. Mam- malia. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 46, 5: 87-89, June. Descriptions of seven new subspecies of American birds. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18: 151-156, June 9. What is Icterus gualanensis Underwood? Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 18: 167-169, June 29. The name of the Panama Green Honey Creeper. Proc. Biol. Soc Washington, 18: 186, June 29. The Cuban Crab Hawk, Urubitihga gundlachii (Cabanis). The Auk, 22, 3:307-309, July. 1906. Vertebrata from the savanna of Panama. Introduction. Mammalia. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, 46, 12: 211-213, Jan. The names of the Passenger Pigeon and the Mourning Dove. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19: 43-44, Feb. 26. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 111 Notes on birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqui, with descriptions of new forms and new records for Costa Rica. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19: 101-112, July 30. 1907. On the Wood Rails, genus Aramides, occurring north of Panama. The American Naturalist, 41, 483: 177-187, Mar. A new race of the Hepatic Tanager. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 22: 29-30, Mar. 27. An owl, Rhinoptynx clamator (Vieill.) added to the Costa Rican ornis. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 22: 31-32, Mar. 27. A new race of the Mangrove Cuckoo, from Grenada and the Grena- dines. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 22: 53-54, Apr. 18. A new Spiny-tail from the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 22: 55-56, Apr. 18. On a collection of birds from western Costa Rica. The Auk, 24, 3: 287-312, July. 1908. Notes on the mammals of Block Island, Rhode Island. Proc. New Eng- land Zool. CI., 4: 19-21, Mar. 6. On certain Costa Rican birds. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 23-35, Mar. 19. A new name for the Texan Barred Owl. The Auk, 25, 3: 316, July. Notes on birds from western Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21: 157-162, July 27. A new tyrant-bird from the Santa Marta region of Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21: 163-164, July 27. 1909. Notes on some rare or not well-known Costa Rican birds. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 22: 29-38, Mar. 10. List of the mammals of Labrador, in Grenfell's Labrador the Country and the People. Macmillan Company, App. 4: 458-468, Nov. 1910. A new race of the Pileated Woodpecker. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4:79-80, Apr. 2. A new gallinule from the Lesser Antilles. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 81-82, Apr. 2. Unrecorded specimens of two rare Hawaiian birds. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23: 67-70, May 4. New or rare birds from western Colombia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23:71-76, May 4. A new humming bird from the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Colom- bia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23: 105-106, June 24. A new tinamou from Lake Titicaca. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23: 107-108, June 24. Two new woodpeckers from the Isle of Pines, West Indies. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 23: 173-174, Dec. 29. 112 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology 1911. A new bell-bird from Auckland Island. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24: 23-24, Feb. 24. Two new birds from the island of Molokai. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24: 29-30, Feb. 24. A new fantail from the Chatham Islands. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24: 41-42, Feb. 24. Descriptions of new American birds. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24 : 187-190, June 23. A new swift from Palestine. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 24: 195-196, June 23. 1912. The Florida Song Sparrow. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 85-87, June 5. A new subspecies of the Ruffed Grouse. The Auk, 29, 3: 378-379, July. 1913. Some birds from the highlands of Siberia. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 54, 16: 463-474, Jan. New birds from Cuba and the Isle of Pines. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 89-92, Mar. 31. The Green Heron of the Maldives. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 26: 93-94, May 3. A new warbler from western China. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 26: 95-96, May 3. The land mammals of Newfoundland. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cam- bridge, 54, 18: 510-516, July. An unnamed race of the Carolina Paroquet. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 93-94, Nov. 26. 1914. The geographic races of the Scaled Quail. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 99-100, Mar. 9. A new Magpie-Jay from western Costa Rica. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 101-102, Mar. 13. The Bahama Swallow in Cuba. The Auk, 31, 3: 401, July. 1915. Cabot's types of Yucatan birds. The Auk, 32, 2: 166-170, Apr. The Bermuda Crow. The Auk, 32, 2: 229-230, Apr. The American forms of Gallinula chloropus (Linn.). Proc. New Eng- land Zool. CI., 5: 93-99, May 17. Three new subspecies of birds from eastern Mexico and Yucatan. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 28: 125-126, May 27. Notes on dichromatic herons and hawks. The Auk, 32, 4: 481-484, Oct. 1916. A collection of birds from the Cayman Islands. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 60, 7: 304-320, Mar. The smaller mockingbird of the northern Bahamas. Proc. New Eng- land Zool. CI., 6: 23, Mar. 29. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 113 1917. Notes on the geographical races of Tangara gyroloidcs. Proc. New Eng- land Zool. CI., 6: 73-76, Dec. 21. 1918. Vertebrata from Madagascar. Aves. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cam- bridge, 61, 14: 489-511, Feb. Types of Pachycephala littayei Layard. Ibis (10), 6, 4: 740-741, Oct. Notes on the species and subspecies of Paecilonitta Eyton. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 6: 87-89, Oct. 31. A new genus of Caprimulgidae. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 6: 91-92, Oct. 31. A new race of the Black-throated Green Wood Warbler. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 6: 93-94, Oct. 31. 1919. The races of Dendroica vitellina Cory. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cam- bridge, 62, 11; 493-495, Jan. Notes on South American Short-eared Owls. Proc. New England, Zool. CI., 6: 95-98, Feb. 8. A new Striated Grass Warbler from the Philippines. Proc. New Eng- land Zool. CI., 7: 5-6, June 6. 1920. A new Red-shouldered Hawk from the Florida Keys. Proc. New Eng- land Zool. CI., 7: 35, Jan. 16. The Louisiana Tanager in Massachusetts. The Auk, 37 2: 301, Apr. 1921. The birds of the American Museum of Natural History's Asiatic Zoo- logical Expedition of 1916-1917. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 44, art. 20:575-612, Dec. 30. 1922. Notes on Philippine birds collected by Governor W. Cameron Forbes. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 65, 4: 77-84, Apr. 1924. A new form of Mekinochlora sultanea from Fukien. Proc. New England Zool. CI. , 9:23, June 19. 1925. The history and characters of Vermivora crissalis (Salvin and Godman). The Auk, 42, 2: 251-253, Apr. 1926. The Chinese form of Grandala. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 9 : 77-78, Nov. 12. 1927. A new form of the Lesser Vasa Parrot. Proc. New England Zool. CI. 9: 83-84, Jan. 8. Atlhis heloisa morcomi Ridgway, not a valid subspecies. The Condor, 29: 118-119, Mar. 1928. A new vanga from southwestern Madagascar. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 10: 107, Dec. 31. 114 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology 1929. The Chinese forms of Seicercus of the burkii form-circle. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 11: 1-5, May 8. A trembler new to science. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 11: 39-41, Aug. 30. An undescribed form of the Greater Vasa Parrot. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 11: 49-50, Oct. 31. 1930. Types of birds now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 70, 4: 147-426, Mar. A new race of Pomatorhinus ruficollis from South Central Szechuan. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5: 293, June 14. The Screech Owls of eastern North America. The Auk, 47, 3 : 403-404, July. 1931. A small collection of birds from the Silinda Forest. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 12: 55-76, Aug. 13. A new genus and species of American buntings. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 12: 85-88, Sept. 1. A genus for Junco siemsseni Martens. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 12:89-91, Sept. 18. 1932. Birds of western China obtained by the Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ., Zool. Ser., 18, 11: 343-379, Oct. 12. Title in which Outram Bangs is in junior joint authorship with Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. 1894. A new rabbit from western Florida. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 9: 105-108, June 9. Titles in which Outram Bangs is in junior joint authorship with William Brewster 1901. On an overlooked species of Aithurus. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2: 47-50, Feb. 8. Description of a new becard from Lower Uruguay. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 2:53-54, Feb. 15. Title in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with Thomas S. Bradlee 1901. The resident land birds of Bermuda. The Auk, 18, 3: 249-257, July. Title in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with W. R. Zappey 1905. Birds of the Isle of Pines. The American Naturalist, 39, 460: 179-215, Apr. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 115 Titles in which Outram Bangs is in junior joint authorship with John E. Thayer 1905. The vertebrata of Gorgona Island, Colombia. Aves. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 46, 5: 91-98, June. The mammals and birds of the Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 46, 8: 137-160, Sept. 1906. Vertebrata from the savanna of Panama. Aves. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 46, 12: 213-224, Jan. Breeding birds of the Sierra de Antonez, north central Sonora. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 19: 17-22, Feb. 26. 1907. A new race of the Calif ornian Thrasher from Lower California. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 17-18, Apr. 30. Birds collected by W. R. Brown, Jr., on Cerros, San Benito and Nativi- dad Islands in the spring of 1906, with notes on the biota of the islands. The Condor, 9, 3: 77-81, May-June. Another hybrid hummingbird — Selasphorus rufvs + Atthis calliope — from California. The Auk, 24, 3: 312-313, July. Catalog of birds collected by W. W. Brown, Jr., in middle Lower California. The Condor, 9, 5: 135-140, Sept.-Oct. 1908. The present state of the ornis of Guadeloupe Island. The Condor, 10, 3: 101-106, May-June. 1909. Description of a new subspecies of the Snowy Heron. Proc. New Eng- land Zool. CI., 4: 39-41, Apr. 29. Descriptions of new birds from central China. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 52, 8: 139-141, May. 1912. A new race of Great Blue Heron from Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 4: 83-84, Feb. 23. 1912. Some Chinese vertebrates; Aves. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 40, 4: 137-200, col. pi. 3-6, Aug. 1914. Notes on the birds and mammals of the arctic coast of east Siberia. Birds. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 5: 1-48, Apr. 9. A new Song Sparrow from Nova Scotia. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 5:67-68, May 29. 1916. A collection of birds from Saghalin Island. The Auk, 33, 1 : 43-48, Jan. Regular breeding of Alice's Thrush in arctic east Siberia. The Auk, 33, 3: 327-328, July. 1921. The Black-backed Kamchatkan Wagtail, Motacilla lugens Kittlitz, in Alaska. The Auk, 38, 3: 460, July. 116 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Title in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with Morton E. Peck 1908. On some rare and new birds from British Honduras. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21: 43-46, Feb. 29. Titles in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with John C. Phillips 1914. Notes on a collection of birds from Yunnan. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 58, 6: 267-302, Apr. 1925. A new race of Pelzeln's Weaver-Finch. Occ. Papers, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5: 177, Dec. 18. Titles in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with Thomas E. Penard 1918. Notes on a collection of Surinam Birds. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cam- bridge, 62, 2: 25-93, Apr. 1919. Some critical notes on birds. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 73, 2: 21-40, June. The name of the Common Jungle Fowl. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 7:23-25, Oct, 31. 1920. Two new American hawks. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 7: 45-47, Feb. 19. The proper name of the West African Serin. The Auk, 37, 2: 300-301, Apr. 1921. Notes on some American birds, chiefly neotropical. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 64, 4: 365-397, Jan. A new name for Pachyramphus polychopterus costaricensis Chubb. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 34: 77-80, Mar. 31. Lophotriccus versus Cometornis. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 34: 77-80, Mar. 31. Descriptions of six new subspecies of American birds. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 34: 89-92, June 30. The name of the eastern Hermit Thrush. The Auk, 38, 3 : 432-434, July. 1922. A new form of Edolius forficatus (Linne). Proc. New England Zool. CI., 8:25-26, May 1. The northern form of Leptotila fulviventris Lawrence. Proc. New Eng- land Zool. CI., 8: 29-30, May 8. The identity of Attila flammulatus Lafresnaye. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 35: 223-224, Oct. 17. peters: supplementary list of types of birds 117 The type of Pachyramphus polyckopterus (Vieillot). Proc. Biol. Soc- Washington, 35: 225, Oct. 17. A new name for the Rufous-chested Flycatcher. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 35: 225, Oct. 17. The identity of Hylophilus leucophrys Lafresna'ye. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 35: 226, Oct. 17. 1923. A new bulbul from Fukien, China. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 8: 41-42, Feb. 27. A new Merops from Java. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 8: 43, Feb. 27: 1924. The identity of Trochilus ruckeri Bourcier. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5: 77-78, Apr. 7. 1925. A new blue Water-Thrush from China. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5: 147, Feb. 27. The Henry Bryant types of birds. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 67, no. 3: 197-207, June. Titles in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with G. K. Noble 1918. Description of a new woodpecker from Peru. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 6:85-86, June 7. List of birds collected on the Harvard Peruvian Expedition of 1916. The Auk, 35, 4: 442-463, Oct. Title in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with Frederic H. Kennard t 1920. A list of the birds of Jamaica. "The Handbook of Jamaica for 1920." 1920: 684-701 (separately paged reprint p. 1-18). Title in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with Thomas Barbour 1922. Birds from Darien. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 65, 6: 191- 229, Sept. Titles in wrhich Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with J. L. Peters 1926. The validity of Nisuoides morelii Pollen. The Auk, 43: 369, July. A collection of birds from southwestern New Guinea (Merauke coast and inland). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 67, 12: 421-434, July. A new Berneria from Madagascar. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 9: 43-44, July 21. 118 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology 1927. Birds from the rain forest region of Vera Cruz. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, 67, 15: 471-487, Jan. Birds from Maratua Island, off the east coast of Borneo. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5: 235-242, June 13. 1928. Birds collected by Dr. Joseph F. Rock in western Kansu and eastern Tibet. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68, 7: 313-381, 5 pll. Aug. 1928. A collection of Birds from Oaxaca. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 68, 8: 385-404, 15 Oct. * Titles in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with Josselyn Van Tyne 1930. Descriptions of five new Indo-Chinese birds. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ., Zool. Ser., 18, 1 : 3-4, Apr. 9. 1931. Birds of the Kelley-Roosevelts Expedition to French Indo-China. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ., Zool. Ser., 18, 3: 33-119, 1 pi. (map), June 10. Titles in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with Arthur Loveridge 1931. Descriptions of some new birds from southwestern Tanganyika Terri- tory. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 12: 93-96, Oct. 5. 1933. Reports on the scientific results of an expedition to the southwestern highlands of Tanganyika Territory. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cam- bridge, 75, 3: 143-221, Feb. Title in which Outram Bangs is in senior joint authorship with Ludlow Griscom 1932. New or Little-known Birds from Costa Rica. Proc. New England Zool. CI., 13: 47-53, 7 November. Letters to editors signed by Outram Bangs in conjunction with three or more joint signers 1902. A method of fixing the tjrpe in certain genera. Science, N.S., 16, 394: 114-115, July 18. 1927. Kennard on Snow Geese. The Auk, 44: 471-472, July. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE Vol. XCII, No. 3 A REVISION OF NEARCTIC NITIDULIDAE (COLEOPTERA) By Carl T. Parsons With Thirteen Plates CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A. PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM April, 1943 & 2t»oloflv *£" Zeolooy APRj*fLl943 V ! I o No. 3. -- A Revision of Nearetic Nitidulidae (Coleoptcra) L By Carl T. Parsons CONTEXTS Page Introduction 121 Acknowledgements 121 Sources of Material 122 Historical 122 Nomenclatorial Units 123 On the origin of species and genera in the Nitidulidae 123 Evolution and the relative value of morphological characters in the family 120 Zoogeography 127 Biology 128 Morphology 129 Taxonomy 133 Nomenclature 133 Explanation of terms 134 Diagnosis of the family 134 Account of the genera and species *. . 134 Bibliography 274 INTRODUCTION During the discreet years of the 1870's, the stork almost invariably arrived at night. This happy phenomenon enabled a Philadelphian obstetrician, Dr. George Horn, to devote his daylight hours to ento- mology and his evenings to his profession. Dr. Horn not only wrote but printed his entomological papers. The Doctor's type-setting was as painstaking as his discrimination in entomology, and these com- bined talents led to the appearance in 1879 of an extremely careful review of a family of rather shiny clavicorn beetles appropriately called Nitidulidae. Since that time the family has been so neglected that the succeeding sixty years have placed our knowledge of the group seriously in arrears. The present paper attempts to atone for this neglect. Acknowledgements. This work was carried out under Prof. C. T. Brues, to whom the writer is indebted for infinite patience and con- structive advice. To other members of the staff of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Prof. F. M. Carpenter, Dr. P. J. Darlington, Jr., 1 Published with the aid of a special gift from Mr. George. R. Agassiz. 122 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology and Prof. Nathan Banks, the writer is also deeply obligated. Too num- erous to mention by name are the curators and collectors in this coun- try and Europe, who have permitted the writer unlimited access to the collections in their charge and even dissection of valuable specimens when necessary. Sources of material. This paper is so much the result of a synthesis of material that it is difficult to single out particular sources for men- tion here. Certainly the Museum of Comparative Zoology contained the most indispensable collection. Here were the types of Leconte, Horn (several holotypes and co types of all but three species), Mel- sheimer, Fall, Crotch, some of Casey, cotypes of Maklin and Manner- heim, and paratypes of Schaeffer and the author. The United States National Museum contains some of Schaeffer's types, Wickham's type, and a very large and nearly complete series with excellent data. At the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences the writer examined the valuable but obsolete Horn collection. Much critical material was seen at the British Museum (Murray's types and the complete set of Middle American species), Berlin Museum (Erichson's types), the Carnegie Museum (Hamilton and Ulke's types), California Academy of Natural Sciences, American Museum of Natural History, and numerous public and private collections. Also the writer's collection was of great value, because it contained the Leng (Nearctic), Em. Reitter (Palaearctic) collections, specimens compared with most of the other types, is world-wide in scope, and supplied almost all of the material for dissection. Historical. Linnseus, in 1758, was the first to describe some cosmo- politan nitidulids which have since been found to occur in North America. He placed them in Dermestes under the silphids. Then Fabricius, 1775-1798, described from the West Indies the first American species. Fabricius placed his species in Nitidula. Latreille, Herbst, Kugellan, Stephens, Shuckard, broke up the genus and added new genera. To them we owe the genera Catcretes Herbst (Cercus Latreille), Brachypterus Kugellan, Carpophilus Stephens, Meligethes Stephens, Cychramus Kugellan, Cryptarcha Shuckard, as well as several exotic ones. But it was not until 1843 that the family underwent a critical ex- amination. In that year Erichson published the most important work ever written on the family, his "Versuch einer systematischen Ein- theilung der Nitidularien." The main divisions (now subfamilies) laid down by Erichson are followed almost exactly in the present work. Erichson described in a most complete and accurate manner a large number of genera ("coupes"), of which Colastus, Brachypeplus, Cono- parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 123 telus, Epuraea, Soronia, Promctopia, Amphotis, Lobiopa, Omosita, Phenolia, Stelidota, Thalycra, Pocadius, Camptodes, Cyllodes, Amphi- crossus, Pallodes, Oxycnemus, occur in the Nearctic region. In the same work Erichson described a number of species from eastern United States. Following Erichson, Leconte added two genera and a large number of species. In 1879 Horn published his careful "Revision of the Niti- dulidae of the United States," describing two new genera and several species. Since Horn, there have been only scattered descriptions, ex- cept for the revision of one genus (Glischrochilus) by Brown in 1932. Erichson (1843, 1844) included Rhizophagus, Cybocephalus, and Ostomatidoe in the family. Horn, 1879, likewise included Rhizophagus, Cybocephalus, and also Smicrips (now placed in the Cucujidoe) but excluded the Ostomatidae. Grouvelle, 1913, excluded Rhizophagus which has since constituted a separate family. Murray, 1864, and recently Peyerimhoff, 1933, Boving and Craighead, 1931, have ex- cluded Cybocephalus to form a separate family. The present writer concurs in this arrangement. The relationships of the Nitidulidae with its nearest relatives, Rhizophagidae and Cybocephalidae, are given under "Morphology" (p. 129). The subfamilies here treated as the Cateretinae and Meligethinae have been made a separate family (Brachypteridae) by Verhoeff, 1928, on the basis of larval characters. Since the larvae of many aberrant genera are still unknown, it is premature to make new families. The writer believes that the classification within a family can often be made to show the anomalous character of a subfamily without creating a new family. As for the Nitidulidae the present subfamilies are on the whole so nebulous that they could easily be made tribes under the Nitidulinse, which would then rank equally with the Cateretinae and Meligethinae. Nomenclatorial Units On the origin of species and genera in the Nitidulidw. The basic unit used in naming the groups of individuals is the species. Unfortunately, due to lack of sufficient material, the term species is sometimes used to define a rather vague and sometimes highly variable syngamium. Most of the species seem to be monotypic (Rensch's Ar), that is to say are not differentiated into subspecies. In many cases the affinities between monotypic species are clear, and in such cases the relationships are indicated by comparisons which appear after the descriptions. Since no intergradations are apparent, these species are thought of as monotypic. 124 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Polytypic species (Rensch's Formenkreis) are species which are differentiated into two or more subspecies. Again due to lack of material, the few forms that appear to be subspecies are treated as species even though intergradations are evident. In some other cases, variations which may well be of subspecific value are lumped under one species. The writer believes that, in a work of this kind, the only key to the origin of species lies in a study of the polytypic species. Among the terrestrial vertebrates and many invertebrates (such as Carabidae and Molluscs) Huxley, Rensch, and others believe that the most important manner of originating new species is by the formation of geographical subspecies. As for the Nitidulidae, the writer believes from the sketchy evidence that the geographical splitting up of species is less important than ecological separation of species. A good example is Carpophilus melanopterus and rufus. Heretofore, rufus has been thought to be either synonymous with or a mere color variety of melanopterus. But it was found that melanopterus is restricted to Yucca blossoms, whereas rufus is found on flowers of cacti. The ranges of the two forms overlap, but because of the distinct ecology, constant color differences, and slight sculptural tendencies to vary, the forms are considered distinct species. There are some cases whereby special isolation has been enough to make new species. In North America the most important factor limiting distribution is the lack of rainfall in the Great Plains region. Although many species are found from Quebec to Florida, the western limit of their range is, in almost every case, along the ninety -seventh parallel. Some species, however, extend from coast to coast across Canada and then range southward in the east and in the Rocky Mountains. In that way Perthalycra may have become split into an eastern and western species. Oceans, of course, are more definite barriers to distribution. Thus we find Thalycra with a species in Europe and another in Michigan. The cosmopolitan and even Holarctic species are clearly distributed by man. Another possible method of species formation is hybridization, a method seldom discussed with respect to insects. Since botanists and vertebrate zoologists often mention hybrids without experimental evidence, there seems to be no reason why entomologists cannot do likewise. Among the nitidulids, Carpophilus sayi and lugubris evi- dently hybridize along a region extending from Virginia to Illinois. The intermediate form has distinctive facies and may well be an incipient species. In O.vycnemus there are two species which are occa- parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 125 sionally found together in the same fungus yet retain constant and distinctive structural and color differences. Very rarely occur two forms of apparent hybrids. Both of these forms have characters which belong to one or the other of the parent species or are inter- mediate. Significantly one of the forms is much larger than either of the parent species, a characteristic often found in hybrids of other animals and plants. Thus in writing this paper at least three methods of speciation became evident. The method of hybridization, although hypothetical, is clearly indicated and could be tested experimentally. Of the other two, the occupation of a new habitat seems to be a more important method of speciation than geographical isolation. Just how it takes place would be a most pertinent problem for investigation. The geographical subgenus or genus (Rensch's Artenkreis) is a group of related forms clearly meriting specific rank, but showing geographical replacement to a degree which makes it certain they have arisen by geographical differentiation. Huxley wrote the above definition having in mind mainly vertebrates and molluscs. The Nitidulidae (and also insects in general) offer evidence that the defini- tion should be extended to include ecological and biological replace- ment, as well as geographical. Many a morphologically aberrant species is found to differ ecologically from its congeners. For example, the most distinctive species of Nearctic Epuraea is monogama. This species occurs in the fungus Polyporus volvatus, whereas the others are found under bark, at flowers, etc. An example of geographical replacement would be the Nearctic Catcretes of the subgenus Pulton, which differs from the Palaearctic species in the subgenus in one character of generic importance, namely, the eighth abdominal seg- ment visible in the male. Both the Epuraea and the Cateretes seem to the writer to be incipient genera. True genera which appear to have arisen by geographical replace- ment would be Boreades (annectant between the Neotropical Cer- cometes and the Palaearctic Heterhelus) and both Perthalycra and Quadrifrons (probably from the Holarctic Thalycra). Also Phenolia is an eastern Nearctic derivative of the cosmopolitan Soronia. Sig- nificantly these are the only endemic Nearctic genera (except An thonaeus, Orthopeplus, mentioned below). The other genera are too widely distributed to hazard a guess as to their geographical origin. On the other hand, so many of the genera have such distinctive habits that they may have originated by ecological replacement. For instance, of the endemic genera, Anthonaeus is a depressed Amartus modified for flowers of Agave, and Orthopeplus is an Epuraea evidently 126 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology adapted for living in tunnels. Pocadius, Cyckramus, Cyllodes, and Oxycnemus are four rather closely related genera each of which is re- stricted to a different genus of fungus. Many more examples could be given of genera that are ecologically distinct. Since the most anomalous species of a genus is often also ecologically aberrant, and since the genera are mostly very widespread, with overlapping ranges, yet ecologically distinct, the writer believes that nitidulid genera arose chiefly by the assumption of a new habitat by a species. When the new genus (or subgenus) comes into existence by occupy- ing a new habitat, the environmental pressure would, in many cases, be suddenly relaxed. This relief of competition would mean that the pressure of natural selection is also lessened. Thus many mutations that would be lethal in the old habitat would be viable in the new one. But once the new habitat is thoroughly occupied, the pressure of natural selection would again be so strengthened that the evolution of new forms would be greatly impeded or even halted. One would then expect to find the nitidulids split up into a large number of dis- tinct genera, each in a separate ecological sphere and each embracing very few species. And such is the case, for there are about one-fourth as many genera as species of Nearctic Nitidulidae. The proportion of genera to species would be very much higher if it were not for two large genera which have succeeded in occupying a variety of habitats. The genera of the future may be expected to come from the still actively evolving species of these genera. The two genera are Car- pophilus (29 species) and Epuraea (29 species). As one would expect, the discrimination of species is most difficult here. The genus is generally considered to be an artificial and arbitrary unit of classification, but the writer believes that it need not be. When examined in the above manner, the geographical or ecological genus appears to be a natural taxonomic unit. Certainly, it is nec- essary to know well not only the complete morphology but the biology of each species (and its forms) before a natural classification can be wrought. Unhappily our knowledge of the Nitidulidae permits only an approximation to such perfection. Evolution and the relative value of morphological characters in the family Clues to how the family is evolving may be found by examining the characters used in taxonomy. The more carefully the taxonomic work has been done, the greater are the number of available clues. The subfamily characters are mainly highly tenuous and of only generic magnitude. The subfamily does seem to be valuable, however, in indicating the evolutionary trends evinced by groups of genera. The parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 127 Cateretinae is the most primitive and discrete subfamily, whereas the ( 'ryptarchinae is the most derivative, if more nebulous, unit. The characters of value in defining genera are many and usually very definite. Interestingly, they are almost entirely different from specific characters. The specific characters have to do with variations in sculpture, pubescence, and color. Color is a highly unreliable criterion. Whereas variations in sculpture are sometimes present but then only within definite limits diagnostic for each species. For in- stance, as the figures show, the profile of the prosternum in Pocadius is variable but only within specific limits. Individuals of Pocadius vary sculpturally only in this manner. The differences can hardly have a selective value. Evidently, such variation seems to be an external, phenotypic manifestation of the genetic mutations which have differentiated the species of Pocadius. Zoogeography A perusal of Table I will show the preponderance of the Nitidulinae over the other subfamilies. One would assume that this is the most successful, if it were not heterogeneous and probably in need of being partitioned into several subfamilies. At present, evolution seems to be in progress in all of the subfamilies, because, of the Nearctic genera, there is at least one genus in each subfamily in which speciation is now active. Table I Subfamilies No. of genera % No. of species % Cateretinae 6 15 11 7 Carpophilinae 4 12 40 27 Nitidulinae 21 62 76 50 Meligethinae 1 3 5 3 Cryptarchinae 3 8 20 13 Total 35 100 152 100 An examination of Table II offers clues to the history and origins of the Nearctic genera. In the first place, most of the genera must be ancient (of early tertiary or even Cretaceous origin) since more than half are cosmopolitan or nearly so. Where these widespread genera started cannot be conjectured. About an equal number of genera are Holarctic or American in distribution. The Holarctic genera, except for Brachyptcrolus, seem to have arrived in North America from Siberia. The New World and two of the tropicopolitan genera appear to be relatively recent arrivals from the tropics into the United States. Six genera are endemic to North America. 128 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Thus a surprisingly small proportion of the Nearctic fauna is autochthonous. Evidently the bulk of the present fauna immigrated several times during the Tertiary period. Table II Genera of Nearo tic Nitidulidae Cosmopolitan Holarctic New World Nearctic Cateretes + Boreades + Brachypterus + 1 Brachypterolus + Amartus + Anthonaeus + Conotelus + Brachypeplus tropicopolitan Colopterus + Carpophilus + Haptoncus tropicopolitan, also subtropics Epuraea + Orthopeplus + Stelidota + Omosita + Nitidula + 1 Prometopia tropicopolitan, also + Lobiopa + Soronia + Phenolia + Amphotis + Thalycra + Perthalycra + Quadrifrons + Pocadius + except Australian Camptodes tropics Amphicrossus tropicopolitan, also + Cychramus + except Ethiopian Pallodes + Cyllodes + Oxycnemus + except Ethiopian and Austr. Meligethes + except Neotropical Cryptareha + Pityophagus + Glischrochilus + except Ethiopian 1 = neither Australian nor Oriental. parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 129 Biology The habits of the Nitidulidae are remarkably variable. In the most primitive subfamily (Cateretinae) the larvae live in the seed capsules of various plants and the adults feed on the pollen and petals of the same plants or sometimes of others. The members of the other sub- families are primarily saprophagous and- mycetophagous. Although some live in flowers, the majority live in decaying fruits, fermenting plant juices, and in fungi. Some genera live in a particular fungus peculiar to that genus. Epuraca deprcssa, according to Dodge, breeds in the nests of bumblebees, and the larvae are considered fungivorous. ( 'ockerell has collected Epuraca Integra in the nest of Bombus ju.vtus. This habit is similar to the Australian Brachypcplus auritus of which the larvae and adult feed on the wax and honey of a wild bee. Amphotis occurs in ant nests; ulkei is strictly myrmecophilous in the early spring but in the fall of the year is found in decaying fungi. Nitidula and Omosita breed in carrion. In Europe the larvae of certain Glischrochilus, Nitidula, and Piiyophagus are predaceous on Scolytids and may have similar habits in the United States. In temperate regions most of the species hibernate beneath logs. Pupation takes place in the earth, which indicates that the pupae may hibernate also. In the tropics the life cycle seems to be continuous, although there must be aestivation over extremely dry seasons. Morphology The antennae are eleven-segmented. The three-segmented club is variable; it may be hardly noticeable, as in Cateretes, or compactly circular as in Camptodes. In the Rhizophagidae the ten-segmented antennae have a two-segmented club. Among the Nitidulidae a ten- dency to this reduction is evinced in the Oriental Chalonecrus wallacei. Many genera have a pair of narrow grooves on the under side of the head, on each side, for the reception of the basal portions of the antennae. These extend backward obliquely or parallel with each other. The presence or absence of the grooves is a useful generic character, but the degree of convergence is of doubtful value. The mandibles are rather broad, with a brush of hairs on the inner margin, often bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth often being smaller and shorter than the outer. They may be unequal in length, as in the males of Cryptarcha. Also only one may be bidentate, or there may be a number of small teeth behind the apex. 130 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology The maxillae are bilobed (galea present) in the Cateretinae but with a single lobe (lacinia) among the remaining groups. The galea is always slender and never has more than a few hairs at tip. In some Brachypterus and Amartus, at least, there is a small vesicle at or near the extremity, which may have some gustatory function. The lacinia is rather narrow in the Cateretinae but broader in the other groups, with a brush of hairs at the extremity and often on the inner margin. The relative sizes and shape of the laciniae and palpi are useful in indicating generic affinities. The ligulae are rather variable in shape. The three-segmented labial palpi are inserted on a distinct palpiger on the ventral side of the ligula. Placed more or less dorsally on the anterior and lateral margins of the ligula are the pair of paraglossae, which may be large and horn-shaped, reduced, or absent. The palpi in particular offer good characters for generic differentiation. The mentum is usually trapezoidal, bisinuate in front, and rather invariable, consequently not very useful for generic differences. The mentum of Amphotis, however, shows specific differentiation. The labrum is transverse, and usually more or less bilobed. It is exposed, except in Meligethcs where it is concealed by the clypeus. The labrum is articulated by a pair of slender struts produced pos- teriorly from each posterior angle and also by a short, median, trian- gular projection. The clypeus is distinct in some of the Cateretinae but is usually indistinguishable from the front. The eyes are lateral, rounded, and large. The degree of coarseness of the facets varies generically in the Nitidulinae. The prothorax is highly variable in form but there is a general tendency for the lateral margin to be explanate. The prosternum is produced posteriorly into a lamellate process which extends between the coxae and sometimes overlaps the mesosternum. The anterior coxal cavities are obtuse at the proximal end and terminate in a point directed obliquely antero-laterally. The anterior cavities are open behind only in the Cateretinae. The mesothorax is short; the episternum large with a narrow epimeron along its outer margin. The scutellum is usually triangular, but it may be pentagonal, semicircular, or quadrangular. The sternum is sometimes carinate and the coxal cavities are closed and strongly transverse. The elytra tend to be shortened but often only part of the pygidium is exposed. All the Carpophilinae have shortened elytra exposing two or three tergites. Thus Conotelus resembles Staphylinidae parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 131 of the tribes Piestini or Phloeocharini. The epipleurae are usually broad and often extend to the apices. The metathorax is large; the rather broad episternum extends along its entire length. The sternum is often divided by a suture medianly from its posterior margin. In many genera there is a triangular space on each side of the sternum bounded by the mesocoxa, the episternum, and an oblique raised line, evidently not a suture. Blackburn (1891) calls it for convenience the "intermediate plate" and thinks it is the mesosternal epimeron. As noted above, the writer thinks another sclerite is the mesosternal epimeron and that this space is much too posterior to be a mesopleurite. Since the space may be variously developed and even absent within a single genus (Carpophilus) or even species (Carpophilus lugvbris), the writer believes it is part of the metasternum. In Carpophilus sai/i the space is strongly transverse, with only a suggestion of obliquity at the distal end of the suture. Murray (1864) calls it the axillary piece. This writer, following Fall (1910), refers to it in the text as the "axillary space". The posterior coxal cavities are closed behind, strongly transverse, and extend to the margins of the body. The wings of all but one of the Xearctic genera are figured. The figures show that the degree of development of the veins is propor- tional to the size of the species. Venation is almost absent in the smaller genera and well developed in the larger genera. Evidently it is impossible to draw up family characters of venation from a sample genus, as has been done in the past. The folding is extremely complex, so that the venation of the distal half of the wing is almost absent. A median, cubitus, and some anal veins are more or less normal, whereas the veins anterior to the median are greatly anastomosed and crowded near the base of the wing near its anterior margin. The wing is lobed at its base. The absence of the lobe in the figures of two of the genera is probably due to errors in dissection. The legs are rather short and somewhat retractile. The coxae are strongly transverse but never contiguous. Actually the anterior coxae are probably always contiguous beneath the prosternal process. The femurs are sometimes canaliculate for the reception of the tibiae. The tarsi are almost always dilated with a cushion of hairs beneath; the fourth segment is minute, the fifth about as long as the first three, and the claws are either toothed or simple. The abdomen is composed of seven tergites and five sternites. The characteristically shield-shaped seventh tergite and fifth sternite are the pygidium and hypopygidium respectively. Contrary to Gangle- 132 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology bauer (1899) the writer believes with Lesne (1939) that the hypopy- gidium represents the seventh sternite. Since only five sternites are visibly distinct, two basal sternites have anastomosed. There are six spiracles on the antero-lateral margins of the tergites. The male has a well developed additional or eighth tergite always present and visible in most genera. Reitter and Horn speak of the additional dorsal segment of the male as the sixth. Murray says it is either the seventh or eighth. Ganglebauer (1899), Lesne (1938), and the present writer call it the eighth. Lesne (loc. cit.) speaks of the male eighth segment as the pygidium. Since, with Coleoptera, it is impossible to speak of the true pygidium and since the additional segment is not visible in some male and all female nitidulids, the writer believes that the characteristically shaped seventh dorsal seg- ment of both sexes should be termed pygidium. The genitalia, as described here, are mainly the highly modified distal abdominal segments. An examination of the plates will elucidate the following descriptions. In the male the eighth tergite is well developed but the eighth sternite is much reduced. To the sternite is attached a strut. The ninth tergite (epandrium) and sternite (hypandrium) form a highly sclerotized tubular structure or tegmen, which serves to guide the ejaculatory duct into the vulva. A pair of parameres, articulated to the tegmen, may or may not be present. As the figures show, the structure of the male genitalia varies greatly between genera but the writer has been unable to detect useful specific differences. The female genitalia are less specialized than the male. The eighth tergite and sternite are only slightly modified. As in the male, the sternite is attached to a ventral strut or spiculum ventrale. The eighth segment is connected by a long intersegmental membrane to the valvifer and paraproct. The paraproct is dorsal and evidently borne on the distal part of the valvifer. The valvifer bears ventrally a pair of appendages termed coxites, which in turn bear a pair of probably tactile styli. Between the coxites near their base on the ventral side is the vulva, which connects with a large bursa copulatrix by way of the vagina. A slender duct joins the consistently oval spermatheca (with its gland) to the bursa copulatrix. Wandollek (1905) maintains that the paraproct, valvifer, and coxite compose the ninth tergite and sternite. Verhoeff (1894) added the styli to the ninth sternite. Wheeler (1893), Crampton (1925), and Tanner (1927) say the coxites, with their styli, are appendages of the ninth sternites and that the proctiger is the tenth tergite. The parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 133 Nitidulidae indicate nothing in disagreement with this view. Tanner (1927) proposes the term baeuli for the rod-like structures of the paraprocts, valvifers, and coxites. The female genitalia present two principal types. The first is relatively little sclerotized, elongate, slender, and with well developed styli. It occurs exclusively in the Cateretinae and in the other sub- families, except Meligethinae. In the other type the genitalia are strongly sclerotized distally; the coxites are greatly shortened and even modified into a blade or serrate; the styli are greatly reduced and laterally placed. It occurs in the Meligethinae and sporadically in all the other subfamilies but the Cateretinae. Apparently no phylogenetic significance can be attributed to these types, nor can any correlated development of male and female genitalia be detected. For the purpose of separating and relating species, the female geni- talia are superior to the male. The coxites, in particular, offer the clearest characters. The Rhizophagidae differ from the Nitidulidae in having ten- segmented antennae, heteromerous tarsi in the males, seven abdominal spiracles, galea present (as in the Cateretinae), and distinctive larva. They seem to be intermediate between the Nitidulidae and the Ostomatidae. The Cybocephalidae differ in having four-segmented tarsi, body retractile, mandibles in repose resting against the meta- sternum, five abdominal spiracles, and distinctive larvae. For these reasons it seems best to separate the two families as the nearest relatives of the nitidulids. Taxonomy Nomenclature. In determining problems of nomenclature the writer has followed the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature (1926, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 39: 75-104). The designation of genotypes in this family has never been accomplished. This omission is remedied for the Nearctic genera. Whenever the genus is not monotypic or the type is not designated in the original description, the first valid species mentioned by the describer of the genus is employed. In order to corroborate the inclusion of the type species in the genus, the writer has examined the genotype in almost every case. For all names binomials only are employed. Occasionally varieties will be raised to subspecies or species relegated to subspecific status. When this is done, the writer believes trinomials should be used. In finding the proportions of the prothorax and elytra the writer has measured the greatest possible width and length. 134 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Explanation of terms. One of the chief excuses for the account of morphology is to make the descriptions as explicit as possible. At least two terms, however, may be explained here. The epistoma of previous authors is the clypeus. By "dorsal segments" is meant the abdominal tergites exposed behind the elytra, including the pygidium. The abbreviation "M.C.Z." stands for the Museum of ( 'omparative Zoology. Diagnosis of the family: adults. Very variable in shape; small or medium in size. Antennae inserted under the frontal margin in front of the eyes; eleven-segmented; a three-segmented club usually very distinct but sometimes only slightly developed. Antennal grooves usually present. Mouthparts normal; galea present only in the Cateretinae. Elytra entire, sometimes shortened to expose two or three abdominal segments. Prosternum with a process produced between the front coxae. The metepisterna attaining the metacoxal cavities. All coxae transverse and separated. Anterior coxae with free trochantin and either open or closed behind. Middle and hind coxae closed behind. Hind coxae almost attaining the lateral margins of the body. Legs short and moderately retractile. Tarsi five-seg- mented, first segment of normal size, the fourth very small, and the fifth longest. Abdomen with six spiracles; five visible sternites; seven tergites, and in the male often an eighth tergite is visible. Larvae. Body sparsely haired. Head transverse, mouth porrect, clypeus feebly distinct, labrum distinct. Maxillae deeply retracted, maxillary palpi two or three-segmented. Labial palpi very short, two-segmented. Ocelli variable. Legs rather short. Key to subfamilies of Nitidulidae 1. Maxillae with one lobe (lacinia); antennae distinctly capitate. . . .2 Maxillae with two lobes ; antennae feebly capitate .... Cateretinae 2. Abdomen covered, at most with the pygidium exposed 3 Abdomen with two or three segments exposed. . Carpophilinae (p. 150) 3. Labrum free, more or less visible 4 Labrum connate with the clypeus 5 4. Mesosternum not carinate; or the prosternum depressed behind the coxae and not prolonged, or the pronotum margined at base Nitidulinae (p. 182) Mesosternum carinate; prosternum elevated and prolonged behind, the tip enlarged, free, and overlapping the mesosternum; pro- notum not margined at base ; all tarsi dilated . . Meligethinae (p. 251 ) 5. Suture of the labrum more or less distinct .... Crytarchinae (p. 257) (no alternate) parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 135 CATERETINAE Cateretes Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fiir Ent., 4: 226 Brachypterinae auct. This subfamily contains fifteen genera, none of which contain many species. Six genera, two endemic, are found in the Nearctic region. Key to genera of Nearctic Cateretinae 1 . Claws simple 2 Claws distinctly dentate at base 4 2. Length under 3 mm 3 Length over 3 mm 5 3. Color of elytra testaceous to piceous Cateretes Color of elytra metallic blue-green Boreades 4. Posterior pronotal angles obtuse Brachypterus Posterior pronotal angles rectangular Brachypterolus 5. Body convex Amartus Body depressed Antkonaeus Cateretes Herbst Plates 1, 12 Kateretes Herbst, 1793, Natur. aller bek. u. ausl. Insekten 5, 11, ex parte. Type: Nitidula pedicularis L. Cateretes pro Kateretes Illiger, 1798, Verz. Kaf. Preuss., p. 395, ex parte. Cere us Latreille, 1796, Precis Caract. gen. Ins., p. 68. Type: C. rufilabris Latr. Anisocera Stephens, 1832, 111. Brit. Ent., 6, 438. Type: C. pedicularis L. Anomaeocera Shuckard, 1840, Col. delin., p. 25. Type: C. pedicularis L. Subgenus Pulion des Gozis, 1886, Rech. de l'esp. typ. Monlucon, p. 12. Head much narrower than the pronotum, emarginate, front sepa- rated from the clypeus by a transverse furrow or by a fine transverse line. Antennae with a rather narrow, indistinct club; in the male of the subgenus Cateretes s. str. the first two segments or only the first are enlarged. Labrum transverse, deeply emarginate, with broadly rounded lobes. Mandibles broadened on the outer side of the base, with a single untoothed apex. Lacinia terminating in a point which is bent inwards almost at right angles, a tuft of hair at the bend; galea is very slender and glabrous. Maxillary palpi short and thick, first segment a little shorter and slenderer than the second; second and third of equal width, third somewhat longer than the second, the apical segment as long but slenderer than the second. Mentum strongly transverse. First segment of labial palpi very small, second short and clavate; the apical segment as long as the other two seg- 136 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology merits combined. Pronotum as broad or somewhat narrower than the elytra, rounded on the sides, often more strongly narrowed anter- iorly than posteriorly, with rounded angles; sides narrowly arcuate; at the base slightly rounded. Scutellum large, triangular. Elytra with narrow epipleurae; pygidium free and broadly truncate. The pros- ternal process between the front coxae narrow. The mesosternal process broader, middle coxae further apart than the front coxae. Metasternum about as long as the first two ventral segments together. Metepisternum pointed posteriorly. First ventral segment, in the middle, as long or longer than the second and third together, second and third short, fourth and fifth longer. A dorsal segment visible be- hind the pygidium in the male of the American but not the European species. Femurs rather short, tibiae gradually broader towards the apex. The first three tarsal segments dilated, of equal length, long thick hairs on the under side; third tarsal segment deeply bilobed; the fourth very small, the fifth about as long as the first four combined. Claws simple. Since Cateretes is the most generalized nitidulid, its description is made particularly complete. Of the New World genera Cateretes is nearest to Boreades new genus but differs in a number of ways, as shown in the figures; Cateretes is also close to the European Heterhelus but differs in the shape of the pronotum, labial palpi, mentum, and maxillae. The larva of C. rufilabris (Latr.) has been described by Perris, 1876, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 214; Larves de Coleopt. 1877, pp. 38-39. In Europe the larvae live in the flowers of Juncvs (Juncaceae) and pupate in the earth; the adults are found on the flowers of Spiraea (Rosaceae), sedges (Cyperaceae), rushes (Juncus), and generally in swampy places. The genus Cateretes is strictly Holarctic. Two species are Nearctic and five are Palaearctic. The types of the Nearctic species have been examined in the British Museum, and all of the species, except C. flavicans Fairm. (Algeria), have been examined in the writer's collection. Key to subgenera 1. In the males the first or also the second antennal segment dilated. Antennae usually in the female extending beyond the hind margin of the pronotum. Head strongly transverse, with small, strongly prominent eyes; a deep transverse line between the bases of the antennae. Pronotum with evenly rounded hind angles, weakly convex, coarsely and sparsely punctate .... Subg. Cateretes s. str. parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 137 2. Antennae simple in both sexes, not attaining the hind margin of the pronotum. Head weakly transverse, with larger, weakly prominent eyes and finer clypeal suture. Pronotum with evenly rounded or more or less quadrate hind angles, more strongly convex; less coarsely and sparsely punctate Subg. Pulton. Key to species of subgenus Pulion Elytra sparsely punctate, the distance between the punctures greater than the size of the punctures pennatus. Elytra densely punctate, the distance between most of the punc- tures less than the size of the punctures sericans. Cateretes (Pulion) pennatus (Murray) Plate 1, figs. 1-4, 7; 12, fig. 1 Cercus pennatus Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24: 235. Cercns crinitus Murray c? , loc. cit., p. 237. Types: of pennatus from "Canada, Pennsylvania, and other parts of North America"; of crinitus, from Tennessee, are in the British Museum. Oval; moderately robust; typically dull fulvous or dark piceous but may be testaceous or ferrugineous ; moderately shining; sparsely pubescent. Head moderately densely punctate, front feebly bi- impressed, with a transverse black line joining the two impressions. Thorax with width and length as 1.5 to 1; apex hardly if at all emar- ginate; sides rather strongly arcuate, in the female slightly sinuate posteriorly, in the male evenly arcuate, margin narrowly reflexed; disc rather strongly convex, moderately densely punctate. Scutellum coarsely but sparsely punctate. Elytra with length to width as 1 to 8, apices truncately but evenly rounded, surface not coarsely nor densely punctate. Pygidium sparsely punctulate, the entire hind margin of the tergite anterior to the pygidium showing from beneath the elytra. Body beneath sparsely punctulate. Legs and antennae are usually paler than the body. Length 1.9-2.5 mm. This species is so closely related to sericans that the two cannot al- ways be separated with certainty. But pennatus is larger, more robust, apices of the elytra more rounded, more of the abdomen showing, more densely and coarsely punctate elytra, antennal club more distinctly of two not three segments and the pronotum proportionately wider. This species occurs (May-July, mainly May) from Quebec to North Carolina (Gray Beard Mt.) west to Kansas (Douglas Co., Argentine) across Canada to British Columbia (Terrace, Frazer Valley, Kaslo, 138 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Cawston, Steelhead) south in the coastal region to California (Ventura, S. Paula, Berkeley on Sambucus) where it seems to intergrade with sericans. Cateretes (Pulion) sericans (Leconte) Plate 1, figs. 9, 12 Cercus sericans Lee, 1869, Proc. Ac. N.S. Philadelphia, p. 69. Type: from "Tejon" Fort Tejon, California, lectotype 9 , M.C.Z. no 6988 and 4 cotypes (3 9 9 , 1 d* ). A cotype is in the British Museum. Oval; slightly oblong; usually testaceous, often with head and elytra piceous, occasionally entirely castaneous to dark piceous above with pale legs and antennae; surface feebly shining; sparsely pubescent. Head sparsely punctate, front with fine black transverse line. Antennal club feebly three segmented. Thorax with width to length as 1.3 to 1, apex not emarginate, disc strongly convex, moderately densely punc- tured, margin very narrowly reflexed, sides not strongly arcuate, in the female slightly sinuate posteriorly, in the male evenly arcuate. Scutellum rather coarsely and sparsely punctate. Elytra with length to width as 1.2 to 1, surface densely and coarsely punctate, apices obliquely, truncately, rounded. Only the outer angles of tergite an- terior to pygidium show from beneath the elytra. Length 1.5 to 2.3 mm. For the relationships of sericans see under pennatus. In central and northern California specimens tend to be larger, darker and more robust than usual. This species occurs (May-August) from Washington (Cooks) to southern California (San Diego) east to Nevada (Lovelock), Utah (Ogden, Wasatch), Arizona (Flagstaff, Williams, Globe) and New Mexico (Cloudcroft). Cateretes (Cateretes) scissus spec. nov. Plate 1, figs, 5, 6 Cateretes bipustulatiis Payk. auct. in parte Closely related to the European pedicularis L. but averaging a little smaller, antennal club a little more compact, and the second antennal segment subglobose instead of elongate in the female. Color a rich reddish brown or black; shining; a broad oblique band on each elytron, or in the black specimens a black v-shaped spot on the anterior part of the elytra and the rest of the elytra testaceous; clypeus, antenna?, and legs testaceous. Head closely, coarsely punctate; thorax coarsely but parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 139 rather sparsely punctate, feebly alutaceous; elytra coarsely and more closely punctate than the thorax. Thorax with length to width as 1 to 1.7, lateral margins very narrowly reflexed. Thorax and elytra finely and sparsely pubescent, pygidium more strongly pubescent. Beneath finely punctate, sparsely pubescent. Length 2.1 mm., width 1.1 mm. Holotype cf and allotype collected July 8, Edmonton, Alberta (F. S. Carr) in Mus. Comp. Zool. (H. C. Fall collection); paratypes Tewksbury, Mass. in M.C.Z. (Blanchard collection); one Tewksbury and another Mass. (S. Henshaw) specimen in the New England Mu- seum of Natural History, Hopkinton, Mass. (Frost coll.); and several from Edmonton, Alberta (May 24-August 7) in the collections of the Univ. of California, Univ. of Kansas, C. A. Frost, and the writer. This species has been recorded by Horn, 1879, under the name bipustulatus Payk., but it is really nearer to pedicularis Linn. Boreades genus nov. Plates 1, 12 Cercometes auct. ex parte, Reitter, 1875, Verh. Nat. Ver. Briinn, p. 99. Geno- type: Cercus politus Reitter. Head much narrower than pronotum, front separated from clypeus by an incomplete transverse furrow. Antenna? with a distinct three- segmented club, the terminal segment bluntly sub-appendiculate at tip. Eye facets fine. Labrum transverse, not strongly emarginate, with truncately rounded lobes. Mandibles only slightly broadened with a single untoothed apex. Lacinia attenuate at tip, galea slender. Maxillary palpi rather long and thick; the apical segment not thicker than the others but as long as the second and third combined. Men- turn not strongly transverse. First segment of labial palpi small, sec- ond about twice as long as the first and second combined. Pronotum not as broad as the elytra, the sides moderately arcuate, and the pos- terior angles obtusely but not broadly rounded. Scutellum large and bluntly triangular. The narrow epipleurae only along the anterior half of the elytra; pygidium free and rounded. Prosternal process narrow, subparallel, tip rounded, and extending to posterior margin of coxae. Mesosternal process twice as broad as the prosternal process, broadly rounded. Metasternum at middle about as long as first two ventral segments combined. Metepisternum pointed posteriorly. First ventral segment at middle as long as the second and third combined. Second segment short, third a little longer, fourth a little longer than the third, and the fifth a little longer than the fourth. In the male a 140 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology broadly rounded dorsal segment appears behind the emarginate py- gidium. The first three tarsal segments dilated, of equal length, the fourth segment very small, the fifth as long as the first two combined. Claws simple. Genotype: Cercometes abdominalis (Er.), described under Cercus. Reitter says of Cercometes that the labial palpi are four-segmented (evidently assuming that the palpiger is a segment) and that the first three segments are minute, the claws are dentate, the clypeus by no means distinct, and the pygidium simple in both sexes. All of these characters necessitate separating abdominalis to form a new genus. Boreades seems to be intermediate between Cater etes and Brachypterus and rather close to Heterhelus in which Reitter placed abdominalis when he described the South American politus. Reitter subsequently made politus the type of his new genus Cercometes. The genus Boreades contains one North American species. The adults have been collected by the writer on the blossoms of blackberry, Rubus (Eubatus) spp., and elderberry, Sambvcus canadensis. Boreades abdominalis (Erichson) Plate 1, figs. 13-21; pi. 12, fig. 2 Cercus abdominalis Erichson, 1843, in Germar, Zeischr. fur die Ent., 4:229. Cateretes abdominalis (Er.) auct. Type: "North America", probably Pennsylvania in the Berlin Museum (Knoch Collection). Oval, convex, metallic blue-green, shining, antenna3, abdomen, and legs rufous, antennal club piceous. Head, pronotum and elytra very feebly pubescent; underside and abdomen more strongly pubescent. Head densely punctate. Thorax convex; width to length as 1.6 to 1; base a little wider than the apex; sides moderately arcuate, narrowly refiexed, feebly sinuate near the subrectangular basal angles; surface equally punctate, punctures moderately coarse not dense. Scutellum bluntly and broadly rectangular, moderately densely punctate. Length to width of elytra conjointly as 1.1 to 1, sides feebly arcuate, narrowly refiexed, convex, a little more coarsely and densely punctate than the pronotum. Presternum densely and coarsely punctate, body beneath less so, and abdomen still less so. Length 2-3 mm. Tbis species is found (April-August) from eastern Canada to Georgia (Clayton) west to Texas (Dallas), Missouri, Nebraska (Lincoln), Kan- sas (Argentine, Muncie, Kansas Co.), Iowa (Burlington) and Mani- toba (Aweme). parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 141 Brachypterus Kugelann Plates .1, 12 Brachypterus Kugelann, 1794, in Schneider's Mag., 1, 560. Genotype: Der- mestes urticae Fab. Virbius Des Gozis, 1886, Recherche de l'esp. typ., p. 11. Head narrower than pronotum, front separated from the clypeus by an incomplete transverse furrow. Antenna? with a distinct but loosely connected club. Labrum transverse, not strongly emarginate. Man- dibles not broadened on the outer side of the base, with a fine tooth near the apex. Lacinia and galea slender. Maxillary palpi rather long and thick; the apical segment thinner than the others and as long as the second and third combined. Mentum triangular, the anterior angle deeply emarginate. First and second segments of the labial palpi very small, the third large, subglobose, twice as long as the first two com- bined. Pronotum almost as broad as the elytra, sides more or less strongly arcuate; posterior angles obtusely rounded. Scutellum large, triangular. Epipleurpe narrow, not extending half way posteriorly. Pygidium free and rather acutely rounded. Prosternal process becom- ing broader posteriorly, truncate, not extending beyond the coxae. Mesosternal process not quite twice as broad as the prosternal process, broadly rounded. First ventral segment in the middle longer than the next two combined. Second and third of equal length, fourth longer, fifth much longer than the fourth. In the male a broadly rounded dorsal segment behind the feebly emarginate pygidium. Tarsi dilated, the fifth segment as long as the first three combined. Claws strongly dentate. Brachypterus is intermediate between Boreades and Heterhelus on one hand and BrachyJeptus and Amartus on the other. The Australian Notobrachypterus, placed by Grouvelle between Brachypterus and BrachyJeptus, is unknown to the writer. In Europe the larva? and adults live in the flowers of nettles (Urtica) and pupation is in the earth. The genus Brachypterus occurs in the Holarctic and Neotropical regions with one species in East Africa. Sixteen species are Palaearctic, four are Nearctic (one of which is Holarctic), and three are Neotropical. The genus seems to be ancient, since two species are restricted to the Canary Islands, another occurs on the Canaries and in southern Europe; one is found in Algeria, Sardinia, and Corsica; another in Algeria and the Balearics; a species occurs in Sardinia and the Canaries; and one in the Grenadines of the Lesser Antilles. Most of the species are re- 142 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology stricted to arid regions but they cannot very well be called relicts of a time when the earth was generally arid, because the earth was prob- ably never so arid as now. 1. Sides of pronotum meeting the base in a continuous curve, prothorax pale brown (Texas) schaefferi Sides of pronotum not meeting the base in a continuous curve, pro- thorax dark brown 2 2. Sides of pronotum usually not sinuate posteriorly (California) .' troglodytes Sides of pronotum usually sinuate posteriorly (Rocky Mountains eastward) 3 3. About 2.2 mm. long, sutural angles of elytral apices slightly rounded (Cordilleran region) globularius About 1.9 mm. long, sutural angles of elytral apices very slightly if at all rounded (Eastern States, Europe) urticae Brachypterus schaefferi Grouvelle Brachypterus rotundicollis Schaeffer, 1905, Sci. Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Mus., 1, 146. (non rotundicollis Murray, 1864). Brachypterus schaefferi Grouvelle, 1913, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 81, 387. Type: No. 42560 collected in April at St. Tomas, Brownsville, Texas, in the U. S. N. M. Oval, brownish, thorax paler, elytra with slight aeneous tinge, shining, sparsely pubescent. Head coarsely punctate. Antennae rufous. Pro- thorax, at its broadest part, as wide as the elytra at base, coarsely not very densely punctate, sides evenly arcuate, meeting the base in a con- tinuous curve. Elytra more coarsely and densely punctate than the pronotum, apices truncate, sutural angles slightly rounded. Pygidium sparsely and obsoletely punctate. Presternum in front with a few scattered punctures; metasternum coarsely punctate; abdomen ob- soletely punctate, legs rufous. Length 1.5 mm. Sharp, 1889, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Coleopt. 2 : 265, records specimens from Cordova, Mexico (400 miles south of Brownsville) as doubtfully urticae, because the pronotum was shaped as in schaefferi. Evidently schaefferi is an offshoot from urticae but a little more distinctly punctate. This rare species is known (Jan., March, April, October) from Texas (Olmito, on stinging nettle, Victoria, and Brownsville at St. Tomas and Esperanza Ranch) and possibly Cordova, Mexico (B.M.). parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 143 Brachypterus troglodytes Murray Brachypterus troglodytes Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24: 244. Type: from California in the British Museum. Oval; convex; brown to black, usually piceous, with a slight aeneous tinge, antennae and legs rufous, sparsely finely pubescent. Head coarsely punctate except along an obscure, median, longitudinal line; also a shallow transverse furrow, enlarged at each end, between the eyes. Pronotum usually with the sides evenly arcuate but sometimes with a trace of sinuation posteriorly; surface sparsely, coarsely punc- tate. Elytra more sparsely punctate than the pronotum, apices nearly transversely truncate. Beneath alutaceous, the metasternum sparsely punctate; its epimeron more strongly alutaceous. Length 1.8-2 mm. This species differs from urticae in that the sides of the pronotum are usually evenly rounded not sinuate, the pronotal punctations coarser, the clypeal suture more pronounced, the elytral humeri less pronounced, and the elytral apices more truncate. This species occurs (March- August) from British Columbia (Vic- toria, and doubtfully Metlakatla), through Washington (Skokomish R. Tenino), Oregon, to southern California (Mono Lake, Los Gatos, Pomona, Pasadena), east to Arizona. Brachypterus globularius Murray Brachypterus globularius Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 245. Cotypes: from Connecticut and Mexico in the Laferte collection. The location of this portion of the Laferte collection is unknown but may be in the Paris Museum or in the R. Oberthur collection at Rennes. Very similar to urticae but larger, punctation coarser, and sutural angles of the elytral apices less obtuse. The metasternum sparsely, coarsely punctate; the epimeron less sparsely, more finely punctate, and strongly alutaceous. Piceous, antennae and legs paler. The types have not been seen, and Murray says the sides of the pronotum are evenly rounded. Yet in all the specimens I have seen the sides of the pronotum are sinuate posteriorly; so the types may be termed "atypical." In both troglodytes and urticae the pronotum may or may not be sinuate. The clypeal suture and elytral humeri are as in urticae. Length about 2.3 mm. Specimens from northern California and British Columbia seem to 14 i bulletin: museum of comparative zoology intergrade with troglodytes, but glohularius is usually larger, more strongly punctate, pronotum more distinctly sinuate. This species was described from Mexico and Colorado, and Murray adds Connecticut but this is probably a mistake. Authentic specimens have been seen from Alberta (Edmonton), Colorado (Glenwood Springs), and California (Half Moon Bay) and specimens that are doubtfully this species from California (San Francisco, San Mateo, Alameda Co.) and British Columbia (Metlakatla). The dates run from April to August. Brachypterus urticae (Fabricius) Plate 1, figs. .22-28; pi. 12, fig. 3 Dermestes urticae Fabricius, 1792, Ent. Syst., 1, 235. Cercus pusillus Melsh., 1846, Proc. Acad. N.S. Philadelphia, 2, 105. Types: of urticae on Urtica in Germany (Helwig) and possibly in Kiel; of pusillus from Pennsylvania in M. C. Z. (Melsheimer collection). Oval; convex; surface shining and very sparsely pubescent; piceous or brownish with a slight aeneous tinge, antennae and legs rufous. Sparsely, moderately coarsely punctate. Elytra slightly more sparsely and finely punctate than the pronotum, the apices variably truncate. Clypeal suture fine. Sides of the pronotum arcuate and posteriorly usually sinuate, but the sinuation may be absent and the sides almost parallel. Elytral humeri moderately prominent. Metasternum aluta- ceous, finely and sparsely punctate. Length 1.5 — 2 mm. Murray, 1864, places the American specimens as a variety of urticae because the sinuation of the pronotum is evanescent, but this character is not at all constant. The relationships of urticae are discussed under the other species. The adults are found on the flowers of nettles (Urtica). This widespread species is found over most of the Palaearctic region and may possibly be introduced into North America, because in 1879 it was known only from the Atlantic states. Whereas at present it is known (June-September) from Ontario (Ridgway, Prince Edward Co.) and Quebec to Virginia, west to Missouri (St. Louis), Iowa, Wis- consin, north to Alberta (Edmonton) and British Columbia (Bear Lake, Kaslo) south to Washington (Seattle) and Colorado (Montrose, Placer ville, La Veta, Garland, Powder River). parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 145 Brachypterolts Grouvelle Plates 1, 12 Heterostowus Jacq. du Val, 1858, Gen. Coleop. d'Eur., 2, 136. (non Bigot, 1857, Diptera). Type: Catftcrctcs </rari<lus 111. = Brachypterolus pulicarius (L.). Brachypterolus Grouvelle, 1913, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1912, 81, 387. Head much narrower than pronotum; no visible line between the clypeus and front. Antennae with a distinct three-segmented club, the terminal segment sub-appendiculate at tip. Labrum transverse, weakly emarginate. Mandibles broad, untoothed, with long tips. Lacinia terminating in a point which is bent inwards almost at right angles, a tuft of hair on each side of the point; galea very slender and doubtfully glabrous. Maxillary palpi short and thick, the apical seg- ment thinner and shorter than the second and third combined. Men- turn small, very strongly transverse, anterior angles very broadly rounded. First segment of labial palpi rather large, the second rather long and slender, the apical segment large, clavate, longer than the first two combined. Pronotum very nearly as broad as the elytra, posterior margin on each side broadly emarginate. Scutellum large, triangular. Elytra with only a vestige of the epipleurae at the humerus ; the sixth and seventh abdominal tergites visible from above. Pygidium truncate above the eighth dorsal segment in the male. Prosternal process parallel, narrow, and not extending posterior to the coxae. Mesosternal process emarginate, about three times as broad as the prosternal. Metasternum feebly emarginate posteriorly. First ventral segment, at middle, and fourth of equal length, either one longer than the second and third combined; fifth longer than the fourth. Tarsi dilated, with dense, long hairs beneath, the fourth tarsal segment very small, the fifth as long as the first two combined. Claws toothed. Grouvelle (1913) places Brachypterolus between Amartus and the aberrant Oriental Chalonecrus. I believe Brachypterolus is nearer to Brachyptcrus than to Amartus. In Europe the larvae feed on the pollen of Antirrhinum and Linaria (Scrophulariaceae) and pupate in the earth. In America the larvae appear to breed only in the seed capsules of Linaria, but the adults are found on the flowers of many plants. See Cornelius, 1863, Stett. Ent. Zeit. pp. 113-115; Perris, 1877, Larves des Coleop. pp. 35-36, fig. 23-26; and the references given below. Until recently Brachypterolus (8 species) was confined to the Palae- arctic region. About 1918 the following European species was intro- duced into eastern United States. 146 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Brachypterolus pulicarius (Linn.) Plates 1, figs. 29-35; pi. 12, fig. 4 Dermestes pulicarius Linn., 1758, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1, 357. Brachypterolus mordelloides Notman, 1920, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 28, 29-30. Heterostomus pulicarius (L.) Britten, 1922, Journ. Econ. Ent., 15, 311; 1924, 24th Rept. State Ent. Conn., p. 339; Hatch, 1924, Tech. Pub. N. Y. State Coll. Forestry, 24, 297. Brachypterolus pulicarius (L.) Schaeffer, 1927, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 22, 170; Hervey, 1927, Journ. Econ. Ent,, 20, 809-814, fig. 381; Hatch, 1928, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 36, 35-36. For complete synonymy vide Grouvelle, 1913. Types: of pulicarius from Europe presumably in the collection of the Lin- naean Society of London, of mordelloides from Keene Valley, New York in the collection of Howard Notman. Oval; convex; shining black, antennae and legs pale to dark piceous. Rather thickly covered with long brownish to grey pubescence. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and elytra coarsely and closely punctate; abdo- men above and below more finely punctate; metasternum coarsely punctate. Prothorax strongly emarginate in front, sides moderately arcuate, narrowed in front, hind angles rectangular. The legs, from fore to hind pair, are progressively darker. Length 1.8 — 2.5 mm. Notman, 1920, separated the American specimens by description only. I am unable to discern any differences between specimens from the Old and New World. Judging from its distribution, pulicarius seems to have been intro- duced first into eastern Canada, although the earliest record the writer knows about is in 1918 at Keene Valley, Essex Co., New York. Since then it has been collected (May-August) from Ontario (Prince Edward Co.) Quebec (Gaspe), and Nova Scotia (Bass River) south to Penn- sylvania (Norwood), west to Iowa and Wisconsin. It is found generally over Europe and Siberia, where several varieties have been described on the basis of size and color of pubescence. Size is of no importance, but pubescence color is sometimes distinctive. This species breeds in the United States in Linaria, is sometimes in- jurius to Fragraria, and the adults may be found on the flowers of dandelion, buttercup, wild mustard, clover, apple, and panicled dog- wood. Amartus Leconte Plates 2, 12 Amartus Lee, 1863, Proc Acad. N. S. Philadelphia, p. 343. Genotype: Amartus rufipes Lee. Brachyleptus Motsch., 1870, (non 1845), Bull. Soc. Imp. Moscow, 42, pt. 2, pp. 352-4. Type of the 1870 description is Strongylus tinctus Mann. parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 147 Pronotum more than one and one-half as broad as the head, front separated from the clypeus by a long but incomplete transverse fur- row. Antennae with a distinct but loose three-segmented club, the terminal segment sub-appendiculate at tip. Labrum transverse, broadly emarginate. Mandible with a single, untoothed, rather blunt, apex. Lacinia not attenuate, tip bent inwards almost at right angles. Galea slender, with an enlarged hyaline vesicle at tip. Maxillary palpi long and thick, the apical segment slenderer but as long as the second and third combined. Mentum not strongly transverse. First segment of labial palpi rather large, third attenuate apically, about as long as the second. Pronotum nearly as broad as the elytra, posterior angles broadly rounded. Scutellum large, more or less trapezoidal, mostly covered by the pronotum. Elytra rather short, exposing the penulti- mate tergite. The narrow epipleurae only along the anterior half of the elytra. Prosternal process very narrow, reflexed, extending to posterior margin of coxae. The mesosternal process about five times as broad as the prosternal, emarginate; mesocoxae farther apart than the metacoxae. Metasternum divaricate posteriorly. First ventral segment at middle as long or longer than the second and third com- bined; the fourth as long as the second and third combined. In the male a dorsal segment appears behind the truncated pygidium. First three tarsal segments broadly dilated, the fourth small, the fifth almost as long as the first four together. Claws simple, merely with the usual dilation. Amartus occupies the dry regions of the southwest as its very close relative Brachyleptus Motsch. inhabits the dry Mediterranean region. It is evidently very close to Brachyleptus, differing in the shape of the mentum, labial palpi, pronotum, and claws. Amartus is further re- moved from Brackypterus and differs in the shorter elytra, simple claws, and differently shaped mentum, labial palpi, and mandibles. In North America the adults feed on the pollen of certain Legumi- naceae and Acanthaceae. The genus Amartus is restricted to extreme western North America and southwestern Asia. Three of the six known species have been examined in the writer's collection. Key to the species of Amartus Form very robust, thorax very convex, apex distinctly narrower than the base tinetus Form less robust, thorax moderately convex, not narrower at the apex rufipes 148 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Amartus tinctus (Mannerheim) Strongylus ? tinctus Mann., 1843, Bull. Soc. Imp. Moscow, 43, 255. Brachypterus ferrugatus Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 250. Types: of tinctus from California, presumably in the Zool. Mus. at Helsinki; of ferrugatus from Oregon in the British Museum. A cotype of tinctus is presumably in the Boheman collection in the Naturh. Riksmus. at Stockholm. Oval; robust; subopaque; moderately thickly clothed with long, greyish pubescence; color varying from dark piceous with fuscous antennae and legs to entirely testaceous. Head coarsely and very thickly punctate, pronotum less coarsely as thickly punctate, elytra more coarsely and sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Thorax with width to length as 1.3 to 1, apex a little narrower than the base and very feebly emarginate, sides feebly arcuate, hind angles broadly rounded, base broadly rounded and slightly sinuate on each side, disc convex. Elytra conjointly as wide as long, slightly narrowed toward apex, apices truncately rounded; a feeble scutellar depression. Abdo- men above and below7 densely, finely punctate; metasternum more coarsely and less densely punctate. Length 3.9 — 5.5, width 1.7 — 2.2 mm. This species is found (April-June) from Oregon to San Diego Co., California east in southern Arizona to the Chiricahua Mts. Amartus rufipes Leconte Plates 2, figs. 1-11; pi. 12, fig. 5 Amartus rufipes Leconte, 1861, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philadelphia, p. 344. Brachyleptus lateralis Motsch., 1870, Bull. Soc. Imp. Moscow, 42, pt. 2, pp. 352-4. Types: of rufipes from Mendocino, Calif. (A. Agassiz) in the M.C.Z. (Leconte collection); of lateralis from central Calif., presumably in the Zool. Mus., Univ. Moscow. Oblong oval; moderately convex; covered with long, rather sparse, cinereous pubescence. Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; elytra varying from black with ferrugineous sides to entirely ferrugineous. Abdomen above varying from dark piceous to ferrugineous. Beneath piceous, antennae and legs ferrugineous, posterior femurs piceous. Densely punctate all over, coarsely punctate on head and pronotum, a little less coarsely punctate on elytra, and still less coarsely punctate on the pygidium and beneath. Pronotum with length to width as 1 to 1.4, only slightly narrowed in front; hind angles and base very broadly parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 149 rounded. Elytra conjointly a little longer than wide, wider than the pronotum, narrowed a little anteriorly. Length 3.2 — 4 mm. In addition to the characters given in the key, rufipes differs from tinctus in averaging a little smaller and never being entirely testaceous. This species ranges (April-June) from San Francisco to southern California east into xAxizona. Anthonaeus Horn Plates 2, 12 Anthonaeus Horn, 1879, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 7, 273-274. Genotype: Colastus agavensis Crotch. Head much narrower than pronotum, front separated from the clypeus by an incomplete transverse furrow. Antennae with an indis- tinct three-segmented club, the terminal segment conical and sub- appendiculate at tip. Labrum transverse, strongly emarginate, with broadly rounded lobes. Mandibles broadened on the outer side of the base and a large blunt tooth on the inner margin. Lacinia terminating in a point which is bent inwards almost at right angles, a tuft of hair on each side of the point; galea is very slender and glabrous. Maxillary palpi short and thick; the apical segment thicker and longer than the first, second, and third combined. Mentum strongly transverse, an- terior angles broadly rounded. First segment of labial palpi very small, second short and clavate, the apical segment as long as the other two segments combined. Pronotum not as broad as the elytra; the sides and posterior angles broadly and evenly rounded. Scutellum large, triangular. Elytra anteriorly with broad epipleurae which abruptly narrow posteriorly ; pygidium free and broadly truncate. The prosternal process parallel, narrow, and not extending beyond the coxae. The mesosternal process twice as broad as the prosternal process, truncate ; metasternum about as long as the first three abdominal segments com- bined. First ventral segment, in the middle, not as long as the second and third combined; second and third short; fourth as long as second and third combined; and fifth as long as third and fourth combined. In the male a large obliquely truncate dorsal segment behind the emarginate pygidium. Tarsi dilated, the fifth as long as the preceding three combined. Claws simple. Anthonaeus is evidently a depressed Amartus, but varies in so many minor points as to necessitate separating the two genera. The adults are found in the flowers of Agave; so the larvae probably live in the seed capsules. 150 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology The genus Anthonaeus contains only a single species which occurs in southern California. Anthonaeus agavensis (Crotch) Plates 2, figs 13-22; pi. 12, fig. 6 Colastus agavensis Crotch, 1874, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 6, 76. Type: from California, no. 8313 and 4 paratypes in the M.C.Z. (Leconte collection). Oblong oval ; depressed ; usually ferrugineous, sometimes black, but the elytra always testaceous. Head, pronotum, and elytra moderately punctate, sparsely pubescent. Pro thorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1 ; sides strongly and evenly arcuate, lateral and posterior margins very narrowly reflexed. Scutellum moderately punctate. Pygidium and preceding segment exposed, more closely punctate and more thickly pubescent than the elytra. Pygidium with reflexed margins; in the male emarginate for the reception of the oval, slightly concave additional segment. Elytra conjointly a little longer than wide, becom- ing broader posteriorly. Prothorax beneath minutely and sparsely punctate. Metasternum coarsely punctate laterally, and the ventral segments moderately punctate. Length 3.8 — 4.5, width 1.8 — 2 mm. This species is found (March 26-June) in the flowers of Agave along the coastal region of California from Santa Barbara Co. to San Diego Co. CARPOPHILINAE Carpophinae Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fiir Ent., 4, 226 et 233. This subfamily contains 31 genera of which four occur in the Nearctic region. Grouvelle placed Meligethinae between Cateretinae and Car- pophilinae. But the Meligethinae are most closely related to the Niti- dulinae and since there are gradations between the Carpophilinae and the latter, the Meligethinae will have to be placed after the Nitidulinae. Gauglebauer placed the Meligethinae in the Nitidulinae and the pres- ent writer is strongly inclined to agree with him. More of the exotic genera will have to be dissected, however, before a definite opinion can be formed. Key to genera of Nearctic Carpophilinae 1. Body very elongate 2 Body at most oblong 3 2. Body convex, hypopygidium and pygidium long, conical . . Conotelus Body depressed, hypopygidium and pygidium short, depressed .... Brachypeplus parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 151 3. Ventral segments 1-4 short, fifth as long as the other combined. . . . Colopterus Ventral segments 2-3 short, first, fourth, and fifth longer Carpophilus Conotelus Erichson Plates, 3, 12 Conotelus Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fiir Ent., 4, 249. Genotype : Stenus amicus Fabr. Narrow, convex, elongate, tapering posteriorly. Head nearly as broad as the pronotum. Clypeus indistinct, slightly porrect, margined by a depression on each side. Eyes large and projecting. Antennae scarcely so long as the head with a large flattened club of globular out- line. Antenna! grooves long and slightly or strongly convergent. Labrum short, transverse, very feebly emarginate. Mandibles sharp at tip; two or three small teeth behind the tip. Lacinia short and rounded at apex. Maxillary palpi short and thick, first segment small, second and fourth about of equal length, much longer than the third. Ligula with small paraglossae, the palpi robust, first segment very small, second and thud large and very thick. Mentum strongly trans- verse, feebly emarginate in front. Pronotum nearly as broad as the elytra. Scutellum broadly rounded posteriorly. Epipleurae broad and almost the elytral length. Elytra abbreviated, exposing the last three dorsal segments. The first two ventral segments short, of equal length; the next two segments longer, of equal length; the last segment very long, almost as long as the rest combined. Prosternal process produced behind the coxae. Meso- and metaxocae about equally separated, nearly twice as much as the procoxae. An additional tubular segment in the male. Legs short, femurs feebly canaliculate. Tarsi dilated, the fifth segment about as long as the first four. Claws simple. Conotelus is much more closely related to Colopterus, and to Brachy- peplus in particular, than to Carpophilus, next to which Grouvelle placed it. In fact Conotelus grades imperceptibly into Brachypeplus. Its exact relationships cannot be stated until more exotic genera have been dissected. The genus Conotelus comprises about 23 species, all but one confined to the tropical and subtropical regions of the New World. Four species are found in the United States, one of which extends into eastern Canada. 152 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Key to species of Conotelus 1. Abdomen acutely margined. Head prolonged behind the eyes. Sides of thorax posteriorly sinuate stenoides Abdomen slightly if at all margined. Head very slightly prolonged behind the eyes. Sides of thorax not sinuate posteriorly 2 2. Pronotum not rugulose, finely granular between the punctures .... punctatus Pronotum distinctly and finely rugulose between the punctures ... 3 3. Tibiae testaceous (Rocky Mts. eastward) obscurus Tibiae almost always piceous (southwestern United States and Middle America) mexicanus Conotelus stenoides Murray Conotelus stenoides Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 338. Type: from Panama (Motschulsky) in the British Museum. Elongate, subdepressed, sparsely pubescent, color varying from brown to black. Head finely, subrugulosely punctate. Prothorax as wide as long, sides very feebly arcuate, abruptly sinuate at the posterior angles. Margin moderately prominent and more or less distinctly crenulate, surface subrugosely, closely, variolose. Scutellum strongly transverse. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1.1 to 1, finely striate, intervals with a row of shallow, coarse punctures, each bearing a semierect hair, surface finely, subgranularly alutaceous. Abdomen acutely margined, alutaceous, and sparsely punctate; pygidium in the male truncate, not emarginate. Prosternum rugulose. Antennae and legs testaceous, antennal club fuscous. Length 3.5-4 mm. This species occurs (March-November, mainly April and May) from Florida (many localities) through Alabama (Kushla), Louisiana (Vowell's Mill, Winfield) to Oklahoma (Ada) and eastern Texas (many localities) south through Mexico (Vera Paz, Cordova, Jalapa), Guate- mala (S. Geronimo), Nicaragua (Chontales), to Panama (Bugaba, Volcan de Chiriqui). Conotelus punctatus Schaeffer Conotelus punctatus Schaeffer, 1911, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc, 19, 116. Type: from Lake Worth, Florida (O. Dietz) in the U.S.N.M. Elongate, moderately convex, sparsely pubescent, piceous with pale brown elytra. Head subrugosely, subgranularly, moderately closely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.3 to 1, sides feebly ar- PARSONS: A REVISION' OF NEARCTIC NITIDULIDAE 153 cuate, slightly narrowed anteriorly, lateral margins very narrow, smooth, posterior margin bisinuate, surface granular, sparsely but dis- tinctly punctate. Elytra conjointly slightly longer than wide, surface finely granular with rows of punctures, each with a suberect hair. Abdomen sparsely punctate, pygidium in the male acutely emarginate. Presternum finely alutaceous. Antennae and legs testaceous. Length 3.5^.2 mm. Evidently punctatus is intermediate between stenoides and obscurus and nearer the former. x\n apparently unnamed species, closely allied to punctatus but from British Guiana, is in the collections of the British Museum and the writer. This species occurs, throughout the year but chiefly in the spring, in southern and central Florida (from Mateeumbe Key to Lake County). Specimens from St. Thomas, Virgin Islands (B. M., Cam- bridge Univ. Mus.) are apparently identical. Conotelus obscurus Erichson Plates 3, figs. 1-10; pi. 12, fig. 7 Conotelus obscurus Erichson, 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. ftir Ent., 4, 252. Type: from "North America" (eastern United States), in the Knoch collection and from Zimmermann, in the Berlin Museum. Elongate, moderately convex, sparsely pubescent, color varying from dark piceous to black, the elytra from light to dark piceous. Head subrugosely, sparsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1, sides feebly arcuate, obliquely narrowed anteriorly, lateral margins very narrow, posterior margin feebly bisinuate, surface sub- rugosely, subgranularly, variolosely punctate. Elytra conjointly as long as wide, surface granular, closely, irregularly covered with rows of variolose punctures. Abdomen finely granular, sparsely punctate. Pygidium in the male acutely emarginate. Prosternum finely granu- lar. Antennae and legs testaceous, the antennal club, often the coxae, and femurs fuscous or piceous. Length 3.5-4.5 mm. This species is most nearly related to mcxicanus from which it was probably derived. See under mexicanus for differences. This species occurs (June-September) from Ontario (Ft. Erie) to South Carolina (Batesbury), Georgia (Rayburn Co., Clayton) west through Kentucky (Henderson) to Arkansas (Polk Co.), Kansas (Miami Co.), Iowa (many localities), north to Manitoba (Treesbank) ; also in Colorado (Denver). 154 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Conotelus mexicanus Murray Conotelus mexicanus Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 337. Type: from Mexico (A. Salle) in the British Museum. Elongate, moderately convex, sparsely pubescent, uniformly dark piceous or black, the legs becoming somewhat paler towards their extremities, very rarely testaceous. Prothorax with width to length as 1.3 to 1, sides feebly arcuate, slightly narrowed anteriorly, lateral margins very narrow, posterior margin feebly bisinuate, surface finely, sparsely, longitudinally rugose. Abdomen narrowly margined, sub- rugosely, subgranularly punctate. Pygidium in the male shallowly emarginate. Prosternum subrugosely granular. Length 3.5-4 mm. This species is closely related to obscurus, but the prothorax is a little narrower, the upper surface more opaque and more rugose, legs and elytra darker, and the male pygidium less deeply emarginate. This species occurs (April-November) from southern California, Arizona (Prescott, Phoenix, Tempe, Stafford, Chiricahua Mts.), and Paris, Texas (not typical, legs testaceous) south through Lower California to Cape San Lucas and through Mexico, Honduras, Guate- mala to Panama (Volcan de Chiriqui, Tobago Island). Brachypeplus Erichson Plates 3, 12 Brachypeplus Er., 1842, Arch, fiir Naturgesch., 8, 148. Genotype: B. planus Er. Nitidulopsis Walker, 1858, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2, 206. Genotype: N. aequalis Walker. Body elongate, usually depressed. Head not much narrower than the pronotum. Clypeus feebly emarginate in front, obscurely distinct; a vague fovea opposite the base of each antenna. Antennae a little longer than the head, first segment enlarged, the third elongate, the club flattened nearly round in outline. Antennal grooves short and slightly or strongly convergent. Eye facets very fine. Labrum broad, more or less indistinctly bilobed, sometimes with a notch on each side. Mandibles usually with two small teeth behind the apex. Lacinia rather short, rounded at tip, a brush of hairs on apex and inner margin. Maxillary palpi rather short and thick, first segment minute, the sec- ond unequal and large, about as long as the fourth, the third shorter than the second. Ligula large, with rather broad paraglossae. First segment of labial palpi very small, the second large and thick, the parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 155 third subsecuriform. Mentum strongly transverse, more or less emar- ginate in front. Pronotum about as broad as the elytra, hind angles almost rectangular. Scutellum variable, more or less transverse. Epipleurae broad, reaching the elytral apices. Elytra much abbrevi- ated, exposing the last three segments. First two abdominal segments of equal length, shorter than the next two, which are of equal length ; the last longer than the preceding. Prosternal process may or may not be produced; in glaber it is greatly expanded beyond the coxae. Meso- sternal process truncate. Mesocoxae and metacoxae equally separated, about twice as much as the procoxae. An additional transverse dorsal segment in the male. Tarsi feebly dilated; claws simple. Brachypcplus seems to be nearer to Cillaeus than to Colopterus, next to which it was placed by Grouvelle. Its relationship to the peculiar Hawaiian genera is not clear to the writer. Nitidulopsis was synonymized by Grouvelle but may very well be a distinct genus. The genus Brachypeplus is tropicopolitan, except that a few species extend southward through Australia into Tasmania. Only a single rare species is found in the United States. Brachypeplus glaber Leconte Plates 3, figs. 11-17; pi. 12, fig. 8 Brachypeplus glaber Leconte, 1878, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 17, 398. Type: collected by Hubbard and Schwarz, June 8, at Enterprise, Florida, no. 6961 in the M. C. Z. (Leconte collection). Elongate; parallel; much depressed; glabrous; reddish brown, ab- domen and metasternum dark piceous, antennal club dark rufous. Clypeus finely, sparsely punctate, finely granular. Rest of head moderately densely, coarsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1, apex very feebly emarginate, sides nearly parallel, slightly narrowed in front, margin narrowly explanate posteriorly, hind angles rectangular, hind margin truncate, surface finely granular, moderately densely, coarsely punctate, except for a smooth median longitudinal line. Scutellum very sparsely punctate, finely granular. Elytra conjointly very slightly longer than wide, surface striate, striae finely punctate, intervals with rows of larger punctures, closely placed. Each elytron evenly truncately rounded. Abdomen above more finely, sparsely punctate than the pronotum, beneath more coarsely, densely punctate than above. Prosternum very sparsely punctate, the process strongly expanded behind the coxae and truncate. Length 3.3; width 1 mm. 156 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology This rare species occurs (May-July 17) in Florida (Dunedin, C apron, Lake Worth, Enterprise) and Georgia (St. Simon's Island). Colopterus Erichson Plates 3, 12 Colopkrus Er., 1842, Arch, fur Naturgesch., 8, pt. 1, p. 149. Genotype : Nitidula ru-pta Fab. Colastits Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 236. Very flat and often broad. Head small, transverse, much narrower than the pronotum ; no line or furrow separating the clypeus from the front. Antennae short, with a large, loose, oval club; antennal grooves short and convergent. Eye facets very fine. Labrum broad, bilobed. Mandibles usually with a large tooth on the inner margin. Lacinia broad and rounded at apex, usually heavily bearded. Maxillary palpus long, first segment small, the third often much shorter than the second, the fourth elongate and slender. Mentum strongly trans- verse, deeply emarginate. Ligula large, first segment of labial palpi small, second larger, third much larger and subsecuriform. Para- glossae very large and greatly expanded laterally. Pronotum about as broad as the elytra. Scutellum large. Epipleurae broad, reaching the elytral apices. Elytra abbreviated, exposing the last three dorsal segments. Last ventral segment recurved dorsally on the sides and in the male emarginate posteriorly. First four ventral segments of about equal length, the fifth about as long as the rest combined. Prosternal process small, barely extending beyond the coxae. Meso- sternal process truncate, about three times the width of the prosternal process. In the male an additional dorsal segment. Anterior tarsi broadly, middle and hind tarsi less broadly dilated; last segment as long as first four combined. Claws simple. Colopterus is most nearly related to Carpophilus; the differences mainly concern the abdominal segments and the additional segment of the male. As may be inferred from the depressed shape of Colopterus, the members of this genus live under bark and feed on sap. A specimen of C. truncatus, in the writer's collection, was collected by H. B. Weiss in New Jersey in the shelf fungus Polyporus graveolus. The genus Colopterus is confined to the New World where many species are known in the tropics and six species extend into or are confined to the United States. The species of this genus are so variable that it is useless to enum- parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 157 erate many of the usual characters. Even those that are given are to be interpreted with latitude. Key to species of Colopterus 1 . Hind angles of thorax distinct 2 Hind angles of thorax obtuse, rounded truncatus 2. Scutellum smooth at tip 3 Scutellum densely punctate, uniformly colored unicolor 3. Form broadly oval 4 Form oblong, much depressed semitectus 4. Thorax with an oblique sulcus in each hind angle 5 Thorax without sulcus, elytra maculate maculatus 5. Length 4-5 mm., black, each elytron depressed niger Length 3.5 mm., testaceous, each elytron broadly convex, .gerhardi Colopterus truncatus (Randall) Nitidula truncata Randall, 1838, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 2, 18. Colastus infimus Erichson, 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent. 4, 245. Colastus obliquus Leconte, 1858, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philad., p. 62. Colastus limbatus Leconte, loc. cit. Types: This species was described from specimens collected in Maine at sap under the bark of a prostrate sugar maple in spring. Randall's types have disappeared. There are, however, two specimens from Maine which may be autotypes in the T. W. Harris collection on deposit in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The types of infimus, from North America, Porto Rico, and Brazil, are in the Berlin Museum. The types of obliquus (no. 6959) and limbatus (no. 6960), both from California on the Colorado River near the mouth of the Gila River, are in the M. C. Z. (Leconte collection). Oblong oval, sparsely pubescent, color varying from piceous with a large oblique paler spot on each elytron to rufo-testaceous. In the dark specimens the antennae are fuscous and the legs rufous; in the pale specimens the antennae and legs are testaceous. Head moder- ately coarsely and densely punctate. Pronotum very feebly emar- ginate, very nearly twice as wide as long, surface rather densely, sparsely punctate. Elytra with width to length as 1.3 to 1, the apex of each elytron obliquely rotundo-truncate, densely punctate. Pro- sternum smooth; prosternal process much reduced. Last ventral segment only showing narrowly from above on each side of the pygidium. Length 1.5-2.7 mm. 158 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Although the specimens from California and Arizona tend to be larger and darker than those of the east, the differences in the shape and punctation of the thorax and of color, on which Leconte and Murray separated several species, are entirely too variable, even in specimens from the type locality, to warrant separation. Murray (1864, p. 282) described Colastus triangularis from Brazil. This species will very likely turn out to be truncatus, particularly since some of the cotypes of Erichson's infimus were from Brazil. For biology see under the genus. This species occurs (mainly April- July, also September, February and March) from Quebec to British Columbia (Terrace) south to Florida (Haulover) west to southern California, thence south through Middle America to Brazil. In the West Indies it is known from Porto Rico and Guadelupe. Colopterus unicolor (Say) Plate 12, fig. 9 Nitidula unicolor Say, 1825, Journ. Acad. N. S. Philad., 5, 183. Colastus obscurus Erichson, 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 244. Types: The type of unicolor is lost. It was collected in October under the bark of yellow pine presumably in southeastern United States. There is an autotype from North Carolina in the T. W. Harris collection on deposit in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. This specimen is here desig- nated the neotype. The type of obscurus, collected in South Carolina by Zimmermann, is in the Berlin Museum. Oblong to oblong oval, moderately depressed, subopaque, dark piceous to rufo-testaceous, finely and sparsely pubescent. Head with coarse confluent punctures. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1, feebly emarginate in front, sides feebly and evenly arcuate, narrowing anteriorly only slightly, base very feebly sinuate on each side, surface densely covered with large shallow punctures. Scutellum and elytra densely punctate; dorsal segments more sparsely punctate. Apex of each elytron rotundo-truncate. Prosternum very obsoletely punctate, the thorax and ventral segments rather densely, finely punctate. In the male the emargination of the hypopygidium is feebly bisinuate. Length 3-4.5, width 1.2-2 mm. Some specimens from North Carolina, Florida, and Arkansas are aberrant in being smaller, narrower, and more parallel in shape than usual. But other differences cannot be found. A male from Jackson- ville, Florida (U.S.N.M.) evidently represents a distinct species since it is much broader, more convex, more coarsely and sparsely punctate than unicolor. Another male from the Santa Rita Mts., Arizona parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 159 (U.S.N.M.) represents another species since it is testaceous, more convex, and more sparsely punctate than wiicolor. This species occurs (April-September) from New Hampshire to Florida (Enterprise, Tampa, Crescent City), west to Texas, Iowa, and Michigan (Detroit). COLOPTERUS SEMITECTUS (Say) Nitidula semitecta Say, 1825, Journ. Acad. N. S. Philad., 5, 182. The type, from eastern United States, is lost. Elongate oval; much depressed; very sparsely pubescent, the abdomen more pubescent; moderately shining; rufo-piceous ; the elytra rufo-testaceous except along the lateral and posterior margins, which are rufo-piceous. The antennae and legs are rufous; antennal club fuscous. Head sparsely and coarsely punctate. Thorax with width to length as 1.9 to 1, anterior margin rather strongly emarginate, sides feebly arcuate, narrowed anteriorly, posterior margin feebly sinuate, surface alutaceous, with sparse, large, shallow punctures. Elytra more densely and feebly punctate than the thorax, the apices almost truncate. Prosternum very sparsely punctate, alutaceous. Emar- gination of the hypopygidium feebly bisinuate in the male. Length 3-4.5, width 1.2-1.9 mm. This species occurs (March-August) from Ontario and Quebec (Montreal) to North Carolina west to Texas (Columbus, Dallas), Missouri, Nebraska, Iowa (Burlington), north to Lake Superior; also New Mexico (Albuquerque) and Oregon. Colopterus maculatus (Erichson) Colastus maculatus Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 244. Type: from North America (probably Pennsylvania) in the Berlin Museum (Knoch collection). Broadly oval, depressed, moderately shining, sparsely covered with rather long testaceous pubescence. Above rufo-piceous, but the lateral margins of the pronotum, an oblique spot on the elytral humeri, and a spot on the inner two-fifths of each elytron extending from the anterior margin to near the apex (except the sutural margin) are rufous. There is also a rufous spot on the outer apical angle of each elytron. The long inner spot may be absent except at each extremity. Beneath light to dark rufous, antennal club fuscous. Head with coarse confluent punctures. Prothorax with width to length as 2.2 to 1, 160 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology anterior margin emarginate, sides strongly narrowed anteriorly, base sinuate on each side, surface sparsely, coarsely punctate. Elytra more densely punctate than the pronotum; dorsal segments more sparsely and feebly punctate than the elytra. Prosternum sparsely punctate, smooth. Emargination of the hypopygidium bisinuate in the male. Length 4-5, width 2-2.5 mm. One pair from Arizona in the Leconte collection is aberrant in being smaller than average, entirely testaceous, pygidium of the male emarginate in the middle, and punctation of the pronotum and dorsal segments much denser. But adumbrations of these differences are present in typical specimens. One from "N. Y." (U.S.N.M.), pos- sibly introduced, is aberrant in being more depressed, more elongate, more parallel, and more obsoletely punctate than usual. This species occurs (May-August) from New York to Florida (Orange Co.), west to Texas (Victoria, Dallas), north to Iowa (Mt. Pleasant); also Arizona (Leconte coll.). Colopterus NIGER (Say) Plate 3, figs. 18-25 Cercvs niger Say, 1823, Journ. Acad. N. S. Philad., 3, 195. Colastus morio Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 242. Types: Say's types are lost. They were collected in Missouri and Pennsylvania . The type of morio, from North America (presumably Pennsylvania) is in the Berlin Museum (Knoch collection). Broadly oval, depressed, piceous black, moderately shining, very sparsely covered with short pubescence. Head coarsely and densely punctate. Pro thorax with width to length as 2.1 to 1, apex feebly emarginate, sides feebly arcuate, strongly narrowed anteriorly, base sinuate on each side, a vague depression on each side of the scutellum, posterior angles rectangular and containing an oblique sulcus, disc sparsely, coarsely punctate. Elytra more finely and densely punctate than the pronotum ; dorsal segments more densely and finely punctate than the elytra. Elytral apices separately evenly arcuate. Beneath piceous, antennae and feet rufous, antennal club fuscous. Prosternum obsoletely and rather densely punctate. Emargination of hypopy- gidium feebly bisinuate in the male. Length 4-5, width about 2.5 mm. Heretofore this species has been known by Erichson's name, but Say's description is so definitely of this species that there is no alterna- tive than to use his name. This species occurs (April-September) from Washington, D. C. to parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 161 Florida (Enterprise) west to Ohio (Cincinnati), Illinois, south to Louisiana and Arkansas; also Panama (April 9, Alhajuelo, March 14, Porto Bello). Specimens in the U.S.N.M. from Costa Rica (San Pedro de Montes de Oca) and Colombia (Medellin) probably represent a different species since the pronotal disc is more obsoletely punctate and the sulci in the hind angles of the pronotum are absent. Another specimen from Costa Rica (U.S.N.M.) is similar to morio but has a more convex pronotum; it is labelled punctiventris Sharp. COLOPTERUS GERHARDI Dodge Colopterus gerhardi Dodge, 1939, Ent. News, 50, 290-291. Type: collected Oct. 7, 1909, under sycamore bark, at Olive Branch, Illinois by W. J. Gerhard, in the Field Museum of Natural History. Broadly oval; depressed; nearly uniform testaceous brown; the head, scutellum, outer and apical elytral margins, and oval median thoracic spot vaguely darker; antennae testaceous at base, gradually darkening to the club; moderately shining; sparsely covered with short pubescence. Head moderately punctate. Thorax 2.25 times as wide as long, sides regularly arcuately narrowed to the apex, basal margin sinuate on each side, disc with a well defined sulcus extending medianly from the basal angles and continued by a vague depression which recurves to the basal margin, surface sparsely coarsely punctate. Each elytron broadly convex when viewed from the side or behind, each apex rotundo-truncate. Length 3.5, width 2.23 mm. The above account is condensed from Mr. Dodge's excellent descrip- tion. Mr. Dodge says that gerhardi is related to morio but differs in the convex elytral outline, in this respect approaching the Mexican inflatipennis Sharp. The species is known only from the holotype. Carpophilus Stephens Plates 3, 12 Carpophilus Stephens, 1830, 111. British Insects, 3, 50. Genotype: Dermestes hemipterus Linn. Tribrachys Leconte, 1861, Smiths. Misc. Coll., 1, 83. Genotype: T. caudalis = C. decipiens Horn. Usually elongate, more or less depressed. Head broad but distinctly narrower than the pronotum. Clypeus indistinct, slightly porrect, 162 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology margined by a depression at each side. Eyes usually large. Antennae a little longer than the head, first segment enlarged and often widened on the outside, second and third cylindrical, about of equal length, club compact, flattened, rounded or oval in outline. Antennal grooves moderately deep and convergent. Labrum bilobed, the lobes rounded. Mandibles usually with a large tooth on the inner side, behind the apex. Lacinia broad and rounded at tip. Maxillary palpi variable, rather short and thick, first segment small, the third usually shorter than the second. Ligula with rather large laterally projecting para- glossae; the palpi robust, first segment small, the next two about of equal length. Mentum more or less transverse, not strongly emar- ginate. Pronotum nearly or as broad as the elytra. Scutellum usually broadly rounded posteriorly. Epipleurae narrow to broad, extending about half the length of the elytra or to the apex. Elytra abbreviated, rarely exposing three, usually two abdominal segments. Ventral segments two and three very short; one, four, and five long. Prosternal process widened and rounded posteriorly, reaching the mesosternum. Mesocoxae and metacoxae about equally separated. An additional strongly deflexed segment in the male. Legs short, tarsi dilated. Claws simple. Carpophilus is rather closely related to both Colastus and the Oriental Tetrisus, and serves to connect the Carpophilinae with the Nitidulinae. Species of this genus occur most commonly in flowers and at sap under bark, less commonly in decaying or dried fruit and in fungi. Approximately 130 species of this world wide genus are known, the great majority confined to the tropics. In such a large genus some sort of grouping of the species is nec- essary. Murray recognized eight subgenera, but on such variable characters that most of them seem to be useless. The only subgenera here employed are Urophorus and Carpophilus s. str. Since the species could not all be keyed in order of their relationships, the numbers after the names in the key refer to the species as they are described. No one realizes more clearly than the writer how imperfect the key is. The most trustworthy characters are to be found in the male hypo- pygidium and the pygidium of the female. Key to subgenera of Nearctic Carpophilus Elytra rather short, exposing three abdominal segments . . . Urophorus Elytra longer, exposing two abdominal segments . . Carpophilus s. str. parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 163 Subg. Urophorus Murray Urophorus Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 342. Subgenotype : Ips rubripennis Heer. This small subgenus is cosmopolitan and is usually shining, and nearly glabrous. Carpophilus humeralis (Fabricius) Nitidula humeralis Fab., 1798, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 74. Brachypterus picinus Boheman, 1851, Insecta Caffraria, 1, 560. Carpophilus foveicollis Murray, 1864, loc. cit., p. 344. Carpophilus rickseckeri Fall, 1910, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, 36, 124. Types: of humeralis, from Cape of Good Hope, is unknown to the writer; of foveicollis, from Celebes, is in the British Museum; of picinus, from the Limpopo River, Africa, in the National Museum, Stockholm; of rick- seckeri, from California, in the M.C.Z. (Fall collection). Rather broadly oblong oval; convex; sparsely pubescent; brown to black, usually a small pale spot within the humerus of each elytron, legs rufous or rufo-piceous, antennae rufous, club piceous. FJpper surface strongly shining, polished, alutaceous, sometimes alutaceous only towards the sides and elytral apices. Above coarsely punctate, more sparsely so on the pronotal disc. Beneath less shining and moderately densely punctate. Prothorax slightly more than one-half wider than long, arcuately narrowed in front, subparallel basally, not at all sinuate before the hind angles, which are a little obtuse and feebly defined. Elytra as wide as prothorax, one-sixth wider than long. Additional male segment deflexed but visible from above; pygidium of female longitudinally impressed at sides. Length 3.3-4, width 1.6-1.9 mm. A world-wide species, humeralis is distributed in foodstuffs, and also damages growing corn. In the United States it is known (May, June, also September to March) from Georgia (Savannah), Florida (Sanford, Enterprise, Gulfport, Brooksville), California (Indio, San Diego, Vista, Tustin), Arizona (Yuma), and Utah. Carpophilus s. str. 1. Elytra more or less fimbriate 2 Elytra not at all fimbriate 10 164 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology 2. Mesosternum divided into two cells by raised spaces, between the front of which the prosternal process is accommodated. . . . hemipterus (1) Mesosternum not so divided, simple 3 3. Under 4.2 mm. long, form more or less oval 4 Over 4.2 mm. long, elongate, parallel 9 4. Elytra dark testaceous to black 5 Elytra yellow-testaceous pallipennis (2) 5. Pronotum bicolorous nigrovittatus (3) Pronotum unicolorous 6 6. Pronotum rufous 8 Pronotum piceous 7 7. Pronotum strongly convex, sides feebly arcuate floralis (4) Pronotum less strongly convex, sides strongly arcuate longiventris (5) 8. Elytra piceous or black melanopterus (6) Elytra rufous rufus (7) 9. Pronotum and elytra closely fimbriate longus (8) No alternate. 10. An oblique, raised line cutting off the anterior angle of the meta- sternum, forming the "axillary space" 24 Oblique, raised line on metasternum absent (just indicated in sayi) 11 11. Less than 3.6 mm. long 19 More than 3.6 mm. long 12 12. Length 4.5-6 mm., distinctly depressed yuccae (9) Length usually less than 4.5 mm., moderately depressed 13 13. Form more oval than oblong : 14 Form more oblong than oval 15 14. Uniformly piceous to black above sayi (10) Black above, each elytron with a large red spot. . calif ornicus (12) 15. Color black funebris (15) Color piceous 16 16. Pronotal margins lightly impressed before the posterior angles . . deflezus (14) Pronotal margin lacking such impressions 17 17. Abdomen rufous rufiventris (13) Abdomen fuscous to piceous 18 parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 165 18. Pronotum very slightly narrower at apex than at base, median impunctate pronotal line present br&ovpennis (17) Pronotum distinctly narrower at apex than at base, median impunctate pronotal line absent Ivgubris 11 19. Pronotal posterior angles broadly rounded, the angle itself very small and retracted 20 Pronotal angles distinct, prominent, and not retracted 22 20. Elytra paler than the pronotum (rarely only slightly so) .21 Uniformly dark piceous or black brachypterus (22) 21. Prosternum in front nearly smooth discoidcus (23) Presternum densely punctate decipiens (24) 22. Pronotal margin broadly reflexed zuni (25) Pronotal margin very narrowly reflexed 23 23. Pronotum feebly convex, distinctly emarginate anteriorly corticiniis (21) Pronotum convex, very feebly emarginate obsoletus (16) 24. Axillary space extending about one-fifth of the episternal suture. . tempestivus (26) Axillary space extending at least one-third of the episternal suture 25 25. Axillary space extending about one-third of the episternal suture 26 Axillary space extending more than one-third of the episternal suture 27 26. Hind tibiae of male gradually widened dimidiatus (18) Hind tibiae of male rather abruptly widened floridanus (19) 27. Uniform chestnut brown, convex nitens (20) Elytra more or less rufous, with darkened apices 28 28. Pronotum widest at the acute posterior angles . . .marginatus (28) Pronotum widest at middle, hind angles obtuse .... antiquus (27) 1. Carpophilus hemipterus (Linn.) Dermestes hemipterus Linn., 1758, Syst. Nat., p. 358. Vide Grouvelle, 1913, for full synonymy. Type : Presumably in the collection of the Linnaean Society of London . Oblong; feebly shining; sparsely pubescent; castaneopiceous, elytra with humeral spot and large irregular apical space testaceous, beneath rufo-testaceous. Head sparsely punctate. Prothorax one-third wider than long, sides very feebly arcuate, narrowing anteriorly, hind angles 16G bulletin: museum of comparative zoology obtuse, disc with a vague impression on each side near the base, at center moderately densely punctate, more densely towards the sides. Elytra conjointly wider than long, more finely punctate than the pronotum; abdomen above still more finely punctate. Hypopygidium simple in the male; additional segment not visible from above; middle tibiae a little stouter than in the female. A suggestion of a carina on the female pygidium. Length 2-4 mm. This species has been carried in foodstuffs all over the world. It is particularly abundant, at all times of the year, in tropical and sub- tropical regions. In the United States hemipterus occurs as far north as Massachusetts (Boston, Brookline), Illinois, Ohio (Columbus), Kansas, Colorado (Denver) and California (Santa Cruz Mts., Fresno). 2. Carpophilus pallipennis (Say) Plates 3, figs. 2G-33; pi. 12, fig. 10 Cercus pallipennis Say, 1823, Journ. Acad. N. S. Philad., 3, 194. Carpophilus pallipennis var. pollens Sharp, 1889, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., 2, 300. Types: of pallipennis from eastern Colorado, near the Rocky Mountains, is lost; of pollens, from northern Mexico, is in the British Museum. Oblong oval; robust; sparsely pubescent; piceous, elytra, antennae, and legs testaceous, antennal club fuscous. The parts that are piceous may be rufo-testaceous except for the metasternum, scutellum, and disc of the pronotum. Head sparsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.4 to 1, convex, narrowed in front, sides moderately arcuate, hind angles broadly rounded, surface densely punctate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1.2 to 1, surface regularly, densely punctate. Abdomen above more finely and sparsely punctate than the elytra. Prosternum nearly smooth. In the male the hypopy- gidium has a depression preceded by a bare space, the additional segment visible from above, middle and hind legs stouter than in the female. In the female a sharp point may or may not be present near the posterior margin of the pygidium. Length 2.5-4 mm. Sharp's variety was based on a variation in the ventral depression of the male, and variations in size and color. These differences have no geographic relationships and seem to indicate no definite evolu- tionary tendency; so the var. -pollens should be synonymized. This species is abundant on the flowers of prickly pear (March- July) New York to Medicine Hat. Alberta south to Florida and Lower California into Mexico (San Pedro in Coahuila, Chihuahua City, Hidalgo). parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 167 3. Carpophilus nigrovittatus spec, now Oblong, feebly shining, sparsely covered with yellow pubescence. Anterior portion of head and antennae testaceous, rest of head black; pronotum above testaceous to rufous with a median longitudinal stripe of black, about one-fourth the width of the pronotum; scutellum black; elytra black with sides and rarely a narrow posterior margin testaceous; abdomen above dark rufous to black; beneath testaceous, except that the metasternum or most of the venter may or may not be black. Prothorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1, convex, narrowed in front, sides evenly moderately arcuate, hind angles broadly rounded, surface densely, rather coarsely punctate, very finely and obsoletely granulate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1.2 to 1; sides evenly, feebly, but distinctly arcuate, very finely fimbriate; surface distinctly and finely granulate, as coarsely but more sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Abdomen above more finely and sparsely punctate than the elytra. Presternum sparsely punctate. In the male the hypopygidium has a very shallow round depression preceded by a smooth space, the additional segment visible from above; legs about equally stout in both sexes. Female pygidium is moderately convex posteriorly. Length 3.7-4.2 mm.; width 1.7-1.9 mm. This species is closely related to pallipcnnis, but is differently colored, lateral margins of elytra evenly arcuate not straight at middle, pronotum and elytra more coarsely and sparsely punctate, pronotum slightly less convex and proportionately broader. Holotype (cf), allotype, and two paratypes from Arizona in the collection of the University of California, Berkeley. One paratype from Pyramids, Mexico, June 9, 1935 at the University of California; one paratype Pyramids, Mex. and one from Arizona in the writer's collection. One of the Mexican specimens has the elytra entirely testaceous. 4. ( 'arpophilus floralis Erichson Carpophilus floralis Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fiir Ent., 4, 261. Type: from Mexico (Chevrolat) in the Berlin Museum. Oblong oval; robust; sparsely pubescent; uniformly fuscous, the elytra and legs slightly paler. Head densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 7.5 to 5, convex, sides very feebly arcuate, narrowed in front, hind angles broadly rounded, surface finely granular, densely punctate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 8.2 to 7, irregularly, sparsely punctate and finely granular. Elytral fimbriae 168 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology usually distinctly present but short. Abdomen above as coarsely but more closely punctate than the elytra. Prosternum finely, sparsely punctate. In the male a minute depression just preceding the posterior margin of the hypopygidium ; additional segment visible from above. In the female the pygidium produced to a variable degree into a point preceding the hind margin. Length 2.5-3.5 mm. This species is closely related to pallipennis but differs in the more convex, more coarsely and densely punctate pronotum, the more distinctly granular surface and the uniformly fuscous color. From longiventris, floralis differs in the more convex pronotum, less arcuate pronotal sides, and in the secondary sexual characters. This species occurs on the flowers of prickly pear from New York (Staten Island) and New Jersey south to Florida (Key West, Enter- prise, Capron) west to Kansas (Belvidere), Oklahoma (Fort Cobb), New Mexico (Wooten), and Texas (Dallas, Victoria, Denton, Arling- ton), south into Mexico (Mexico City, Esperanza, Jalapa, Cordova, Guanajuata). In the north floralis is found in June, in the south from March to August. Specimens from Brownsville, Tex. (U.S.N.M.) are aberrant in having the pronotum more coarsely punctate, the head dark piceous, disc of pronotum fuscous, and the rest rufo-testaceous. 5. Carpophilus longiventris Sharp Carpophilus longiventris Sharp, 1889, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., 2, 301. Type: male from Ventanas, Durango, Mexico (Hoge) in the British Museum. Oblong oval ; robust ; sparsely covered with long, yellow pubescence ; ruf o-piceous ; elytra dark testaceous; antennae, legs and abdomen rufous; posternal process, mesosternum, and metasternum dark piceous. Head densely, coarsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.4 to 1, convex, sides evenly arcuate, feebly sinuate behind the hind angles so that the hind angles are just evident, surface finely granular, moderately densely punctate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1.1 to 1, punctate like the pronotum. Abdomen above more finely, sparsely punctate than the elytra. Prosternum very sparsely punctate. In the male the hypopygidium has a fovea at the hind margin and on each side of this a polished transverse tubercular elevation; additional segment visible from above and produced down- ward; hind tibiae not enlarged but more curved than in the female. In the female the pygidium is somewhat recurved and often produced into a point at or near the hind margin. Length 3.2-4 mm. Evidently longiwntris is closely related to pallipennis but the parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 169 pronotum is less convex, pronotal sides more arcuate, and the pronotal punctuation more sparse. The best difference is in the male hypo- pygidium. One female from Oak Creek, Arizona (Kansas Univ. coll.) is aberrant in being darker, more coarsely and densely punctate, and pronotal sides less arcuate. A male from Texas (U.S.N.M.) differs in having less arcuate pronotal sides, the hypopygidium more simple, and the eighth segment not produced downward. Aside from the type locality in Mexico, longiventris has been col- lected on Yucca data (April-August) in Lower California, "CaL", Arizona (Pinal Mts., Catalina Springs, Santa Rita Mts., Huachuca Mts., Chiricahua Mts.) and the aberrant specimen from Texas. 6. Carpophilus melanopterus Erichson Carpophilns melanopterus Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 262. Type: from South Carolina (Zimmermann) in the Berlin Museum. Oblong oval; sparsely covered with fine pubescence; bright rufous except for piceous or black elytra and black antennal club. Head and pronotum densely, variolosely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.8 to 1, sides very feebly arcuate, narrowing anteriorly, abruptly sinuate before the hind angles and sinuate behind the hind angles. Elytra conjointly a little wider than long, broadening pos- teriorly, humeri and apices sometimes rufescent, more densely and finely punctate than the pronotum. Dorsal segments more sparsely punctate than the elytra. Prosternum finely punctate. In the male a large, vague, semicircular impression before the hind margin of the hypopygidium; additional segment not visible from above. In the female a blunt carina on the pygidium. Length 3.2-4.5 mm. This species occurs in the flowers of Yucca (May- July) from New York (Rye), New Jersey (Bergenfield), and Illinois to Florida, west to Iowa (Lee Co.), Texas (Dallas), south into Mexico. 7. Carpophilus rufus Murray Carpophilus rufus Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 371. Type: from Mexico in the Paris Museum. This species is usually considered a variety of melanopterus. It is similar to that species, but averages larger, the elytra are rufous, the pronotum somewhat more finely and sparsely punctate, the antennal club fuscous not black, and the underside entirely rufous. Length 4-5 mm. Also the pronotum and sutural margins of the elytra tend to 170 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology become fuscous and the elytra to become testaceous. This tendency is similar to that which is achieved in pallipennis. Dodge (Ent. News, 50: 291) indicates an ecological differentiation between melanopterus and rufus by stating that rufus is found on cactus blossoms whereas melanopterus occurs on flowers of yucca. There is, however, one specimen from Dallas, Texas (U.S.N.M.) colored like melanopterus and recorded from Yucca, but punctate like rufus; so perhaps rufus should be placed as a subspecies of melanopterus. This species occurs on the flowers of prickly pear (Opuntia) from May to July, South Dakota (Rapid City) through Kansas (Reno Co., Medora, Rago), Nebraska (Pine Ridge, Meadville), Utah (Arch Canyon), Oklahoma (Texas Co., Noble Co.), Colorado (Denver, Las Animas), "Cal.", New Mexico (Moses), Texas (Dallas), into Mexico (Vera Cruz, Jical tepee). 8. Carpophilus longus Fall Carpophilus longus Fall, 1910, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 36, 123. Type: collected June 6, 1891, Santa Rita Mts., Arizona in the M.C.Z. (Fall collection). Elongate; parallel; convex; sparsely pubescent; piceous; antennae, legs, abdomen beneath, and usually the elytra dark rufous. Head and pronotum densely punctate, elytra more finely and less densely punc- tate than the pronotum, and the abdomen more finely and less densely punctate than the elytra. Prothorax with width to length as 1.4 to 1, sides very feebly arcuate, very slightly narrowed in front, hind angles broadly rounded. Prosternum obsoletely punctate. In the male the hypopygidium is simple; the additional segment not visible from above. In the female there is a vague suggestion of a carina on the pygidium. Length 4.2-5, width 1.5-1.8 mm. This species has been collected (April-June) in leaves of Yucca macrocarpa only in southern Arizona (Santa Catalina Mts., Santa Rita Mts., Chiricahua Mts.). 9. Carpophilus yuccae (Crotch) Colastus yuccae Crotch, 1874, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 5, 75. Type: from the unopened flower heads of Yucca in the Mohave Desert, Cali- fornia in the M.C.Z. (Leconte collection). Oblong oval; depressed, sparsely covered with fine pubescence, uniformly dark piceous, sometimes rufo-piceous. Head and pronotum parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 171 densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1, sides moderately arcuate, slightly narrowed in front, hind angles broadly rounded, the angle itself very small due to a slight sinuation just pre- ceding and behind it. Elytra and dorsal segments more finely punctate than the pronotum. In the male the hypopygidium is simple; the additional segment not visible from above. In the female the pygidium is feebly, bluntly carinate. Length 4.5-6.2, width 2-2.5 mm. This species is remarkable for its large size and oval, depressed form. This species occurs in the flowers of Yucca (April-July) from Texas (Rivers collector), through New Mexico (Sacramento Mts., Alamo- gordo), Arizona (Chiricahua Mts., Santa Rita Mts., Santa Catalina Mts.), to California (Mohave Desert, Los Angeles Co., Argus Mts., Onyx, March 13). 10. Carpophilus sayi spec, now Carpophilus niger (Say) of authors, in error = Colastus riiger (Say). Holotype (cf) and allotype from Bear Lake, Warren County, Pennsylvania in the collection of the author. Paratypes from New York to Virginia west to Illinois in the author's collection. Oval, slightly oblong, subopaque, sparsely pubescent, dark piceous, legs and antennae (except club) dark rufous, pronotal margins and humeri often rufous. There is a tendency for the humeri and margins of the pronotum to be paler. Head very densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1, sides moderately arcuate, narrowed in front, margins bluntly crenulate, hind angles moderately prominent, hind margin sinuate on each side, disc slightly flattened, a feeble oblique impression on each side of the scutellum, surface densely, variosely punctate. A narrow smooth median line on the posterior half of the pronotum. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1.2 to 1, slightly narrowed posteriorly, disc slightly flattened, surface a little more sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Abdomen much more finely punctate than the elytra. Prosternum densely punctate. In the male a large, vague, shallow depression on each side, before the hind margin of the hypopygidium (these depressions may be moder- ately deep and connected) ; additional segment not visible from above. The female with a distinct, blunt carina on the pygidium. Length 3-4.5 mm. This species is closely related to lugubris, but differs in being more oval, darker, and shallower foveae on the male hypopygidium. A female from Albuquerque, New Mexico (writer's coll.) is evidently this species. 172 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology This species occurs (April-October) from Quebec to Georgia, west to Texas (Dallas), Iowa (Mt. Pleasant), and Manitoba (Aweme); also New Mexico (Albuquerque). 11. Carpophilus lugubris Murray Carpophilus lugubris Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 355. Types: from Caracas, Venezuela and Florida in the British Museum. Oblong oval; moderately convex; sparsely pubescent; uniformly fuscous (rarely black with paler elytra) except for rufescent elytral humeri and dark piceous antennal clubs. Head and pronotum rather coarsely, very densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1; sides moderately arcuate, slightly narrowed in front, margins narrowly reflexed; sinuate before and behind the moderately prominent hind angles. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1.1 to 1, densely, very shallowly punctate. Dorsal segments more finely, sparsely punc- tate than the elytra. Prosternum densely obsoletely punctate. In the male two deep, circular, depressions on the hypopygidium; additional segment not visible from above. In the female the pygidium is more or less bluntly carinate, the carina shining and tuberculiform at its apex. Length 3-4.5 mm. This species is very near sayi but more parallel, paler, and has differ- ent male characters. Some specimens from Virginia, Pennsylvania, Ohio, and Illinois seem to be intermediate between sayi and lugubris, but are here treated as sayi. This species occurs (June-October) from Brazil through Middle America to Arizona (Globe, Huachuca Mts., Duncan, Cornville), New Mexico (Las Vegas Hot Sprgs., Jemez Mts., Taos Co., Albuquerque), Texas (Cypress Mills), Utah (Green River), "W.T." (A.N.S.P.), Colorado (Mason ville, Colorado Springs, Denver), Kansas, and Iowa; also Black Mts., N. C. 12. Carpophilus californicus Schaeft'er Carpophilus californicus Schaeffer, 1911, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 19, 115. Type: from Tulare County, California (O. Dietz) in the U.S.N.M. Very closely related to sayi but differing in having narrower pro- notal margins, pronotal disc not so evidently flattened, pronotum usually darker/ elytra bright rufous with suture, apices, and lateral margins piceous or black, and a more or less deep transverse depression preceding the hind margin of the pygidium, and the pygidium bluntly parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 173 carinate in the female. Male hypopygidium with a crescentic, shallow depression before the hind margin. Length 3.5-4.5 mm. Although usually distinguished by the large, bright rufous elytral spots, some specimens in the U.S.N.M. from Wash. Terr, and Cali- fornia (Santa Cruz Mts., Los Gatos) have the rufous spots obsolete and only shown clearly by large humeral spots. This species occurs (June- August) in Wash. Terr., California (Tulare Co., Kaweah, Madera Co., Sylvania, Los Gatos, Santa Cruz Mts., Los Angeles Co.), Arizona (Huachuca Mts., Tucson, McNary, 7200 ft.) and Texas (Brewster Co.). 13. Carpophilus rufiventris Schaeffer Carpophilus rufiventris Schaeffer, 1911, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 19, 116. Type: from the Huachuca Mts., Arizona in the Cornell Univ. Coll. Elongate oval, depressed, covered with rather dark pubescence, piceous or black, underneath rufous, legs and antennae paler. Head rather coarsely, closely punctate. Prothorax with basal and apical mar- gin nearly equal, sides feebly arcuate, anterior angles broadly rounded, basal angles distinct, punctures on the disc distinctly separated. Ely- tra more sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Dorsal segments more finely and densely punctate than the elytra. In the male the hypopy- gidium is simple; the additional segment not visible from above. Length 5-5.5 mm. Known only from the Huachuca Mts., Arizona. 14. Carpophilus deflexus Sharp Carpophilus deflexus Sharp, 1899, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., 2, 290. Schaeffer, 1911, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 19, 118. Types: from Mexico (Hoge) and Guatemala (Champion) in the British Museum. Moderately depressed ; strongly punctate ; nigroferrugineous ; humeri feet, and antennae rufous, antennal club fuscous. The margin of the pronotum is lightly impressed before the posterior angles. In the male a single broad depression on the middle of the hypopygidium; basal half of the middle tibiae much slenderer than the apical half. In the female the pygidium is slightly convex toward the apex. Length 4-4.5 mm. Sharp states that deflexus can be separated from lugubris by the unusually coarse punctation, the depression on the pronotal margins,, 174 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology and the peculiar middle tibiae of the male. Also lugubris is less convex than deflexus. This species, known to the writer only by the types, was described from Mirador, Mexico and Cerro Zunil and Duenas, Guatemala. Schaeffer doubtfully referred two females (now in Cornell Univ. coll.) from the Huachuca Mts., Arizona to this species. 15. Carpophilus funebris Sharp Carpophilus funebris Sharp, 1889, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col., 2, 288; pi. 9, fig. 10. Types: from Guatemala and Panama (Champion) in the British Museum. Oblong, feebly convex, very sparsely and finely pubescent, uniformly black, except that the antennae and feet are piceous, antennal club darker. Head and pronotum densely, rugosely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.9 to 1, sides moderately arcuate, slightly nar- rowed anteriorly, margins very narrowly reflexed, sinuate before and behind the small hind angle. Elytra conjointly as wide as long, shallowly, variosely punctate. Dorsal segments more finely and much more sparsely punctate than the elytra. Presternum densely, rugosely punctate. In the male a vague, shallow depression on each side, near the hind margin of the hypopygidium. In the female the pygidium is carinate. The types are from Cerro Zunil, Guatemala and Volcan de Chiriqui, Panama. Sharp also mentions atypical specimens from Mexico. The above description is based on a single male collected July 15, 1938, Santa Catalina Mts., Arizona in the M.C.Z. (Fall collection). 16. Carpophilus obsoletus Erichson Carpophilus obsoletus Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 259. Carpophilus cribellatus Motsch., 1858, Etud. Ent., 7, 41. Carpophilus strigipennis Motsch., 1858, Etud. Ent., 7, 41. Carpophilus funereus Reitt., 1884, Nitid. Japans, p. 259. Types: of obsoletus in the Berlin Museum, of cribellatus from East Africa and Corsica and of strigipennis from Ceylon and Siam both presumably in the Zool. Mus., Univ. of Moscow, of funereus from Japan presumably in the National Museum in Budapest. Oblong oval, convex, sparsely covered with long cinereous, rarely testaceous, pubescence. Occasionally all black above, or piceous, usually black with elytra dark piceous and the humeral umbone pale. Antennae and legs fuscous, the legs often becoming testaceous towards the extremities. Antennal club piceous. Head densely, rather coarsely parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 175 punctate, finely alutaceous. Prothorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1 , apex very feebly emarginate, sides feebly arcuate, slightly narrowed in front, densely punctate at center and very densely, more coarsely, rugosely punctate at the sides; finely alutaceous; a large vague depres- sion near the hind angles but not near the margin. Hind angles variably subrectangular. Scutellum pentagonal. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1.3 to 1, slightly longer than the pronotum, about as coarsely but more densely punctate than pronotum at center, punc- tures becoming obsolete apically and rugose at margin. Presternum densely punctate, prosternal process carinate. Male hypopygidium simple or with two vague foveae. Male and female pygidium simple or variably acuminate and reflexed. Length 2.5-3.5 mm. Like most widespread species obsoletus varies greatly in secondary sexual characters, punctation, convexity, proportions, etc. This species occurs in Madagascar, Corsica, China, Japan, and the Oriental region, and apparently is recently introduced into the Lnited States where it is found in California (Indio, M.C.Z.: Fall collection; Castro Valley, Feb. 27, 1938, in the Univ. of Calif, coll. and writer's coll.). These agree with specimens from China in the writer's collection. 17. Carpophilus brevipennis (Blanchard) Nitidula brevipennis Blanchard, 1842, Voy. d'Orbigny, Am. mer. Ins., p. 64. Carpophilus lacertosus Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 354. Carpophilus purpureipennis Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 354, 396. Carpophilus ignobilis Fall, 1910, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 36, 124. Types: of brevipennis from Arica, Peru presumably at Paris, of lacertosus and purpureipennis both from Venezuela in the British Museum, of ignobilis from the Santa Rita Mts., Arizona in the M.C.Z. (Fall collection). Moderately elongate oval, subdepressed, sparsely pubescent, cas- taneo-piceous, legs and antennae, except club, paler. Head coarsely, moderately densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.4 to 1, sides evenly feebly arcuate, very slightly narrowed in front, margins very narrow, hind margin sinuate on each side behind the moderately prominent hind angles, punctation rather coarse and dense, the punctures on the disc usually separated by less than their diame- ters, disc with a very narrow, median, impunctate line on basal half. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1.1 to 1, punctate about as the pronotum. Dorsal segments much more finely punctate than the elytra. In the male the hypopygidium is simple, the additional segment not visible from above. The female pygidium is very bluntly carinate 176 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology and the lateral margins more or less reflexed. Length 3.5, width 1.6 mm. This species is perhaps most closely related to lugubris but is more depressed and parallel. It also tends to approach calif 'ornicus, but the latter is larger, more convex, and more coarsely punctate. In the Fall coll. (M.C.Z.) are specimens from the Huachuca Mts., Arizona with rufous elytra. This species is found in Yucca macrocarpa and Agave palmeri (May- July) in Arizona (Oracle, Tucson, Santa Rita Mts., 5-8000 ft., Hua- chuca Mts.), New Mexico, Texas, through Mexico, Guatemala (Cape- tillo), Venezuela, to Peru and Brazil. 18. Carpophilus dimidiatus (Fabricius) Nitidula dimidiatus Fabr., 1792, Ent. Syst., 1, 261. Carpophilus luridus Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 377. Carpophilus mutilatus Erichson, 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 258. For complete synonymy see Grouvelle, 1913. Types: of dimidiatus, from the West Indies, possibly at Kiel; of luridus from Europe, North America, South America, East Indies, Ceylon in the British Museum; of mutilatus from Brazil, West Indies, Portugal, Sicily in the Berlin Museum. Oblong, convex, surface finely granular, feebly shining, sparsely pubescent; color varying from piceous to testaceous with the elytra always paler. Head rather densely, coarsely punctate, clypeus much more sparsely, finely punctate. Pro thorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1, sides very feebly arcuate, narrowed in front, hind angles obtuse not prominent, surface sparsely, coarsely punctate. Elytra con- jointly a little longer than wide, as sparsely but much more finely punc- tate than the pronotum. Prosternum densely punctate. In the male the hypopygidium is simple, the additional segment not visible from above. Pygidium simple in the female. Length 2 — 3.5 mm. The above description is of typical dimidiatus. The species is so variable that a number of variations or possible distinct species have been described. The form mutilatus is larger and narrower, more finely and shallowly punctate; the form luridus has the pro thorax more quadrate than in mutilatus and approaches dimidiatus in punctation. Since all three forms are cosmopolitan and intergrade, it seems best to make them all one variable species. This species occurs in all tropical and temperate parts of the world. In the United States dimidiatus is found at all times of the year from Quebec to Florida west through Texas and Kansas to California (as far north as Redlands). parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 177 19. Carpophilus floridanus Fall Carpophilus floridanus Fall, 1910, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 36, 122. Type: from Enterprise, Florida in the M.C.Z. (Fall collection). Closely related to dimidiatus, but the head, prothorax, and elytra concolorous (rarely the elytra more pale), brown; dorsal surface of the abdomen and sometimes the metasternum darker. Also differs from dimidiatus in finer punctation, slightly stouter legs, the hind tibiae of the male subcylindrical for a short distance at base, then rather abruptly widening, the inner outline arcuate. Length 2 — 2.5 mm. This species is easily distinguished from dimidiatus by the male hind tibiae. This species is known (April-October) in South Carolina (Yenassea), Florida (Enterprise, Sanford, Marathon), and Alabama (Mobile). 20. Carpophilus nitens Fall Carpophilus nitens Fall, 1910, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 36, 125. Type: from Mobile, Alabama (H. P. Loding) in the M.C.Z. (Fall collection). Oblong, subovate, moderately convex, surface shining, sparsely pubescent; piceous brown, beneath paler. Head moderately punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1, subparallel basally, sides arcuately narrowed in front, hind angles well defined, surface coarsely, sparsely punctate, with a median, basal, impunctate line. Posterior half of scutellum impunctate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1.1 to 1, a little more finely punctate than the pronotum and the punctures becoming obsolete at the apices. Prosternum densely coarsely punctate. In the male the hypopygidium is simple, the additional segment almost visible from above. The pygidium is simple in the female. Length 2.7-3 mm. This species occurs (April-June, Sept.-March) from New Jersey (Avenel, Lakehurst) and Ohio (Columbus) to Georgia (Tybee Isl., Millidgeville in Ergot), west through Alabama (Mobile), to California (Santa Barbara, Santa Ana, Fresno, north to Alameda Co.). 21. Carpophilus marginatus Erichson Carpophilus marginatus Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 262. Type: from North Carolina (Zimmermann) in the Berlin Museum. Oval, slightly oblong, sides of prothorax and elytra continuous, finely sparsely pubescent, moderately shining, rufous or rufo-piceous, pos- 178 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology terior fourth of elytra and sometimes the sutural margins somewhat darker. Head rather finely, densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.8 to 1, sides straight, arcuately narrowed in front, widest at the rectangular hind angles, surface densely punctate. Scutellum pentagonal. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1.2 to 1, nar- rowed posteriorly, apices squarely truncate, more densely, obsoletely punctate than the pronotum. Prosternum sparsely punctate. In the male the hypopygidium is simple, the additional segment not visible from above. The female pygidium often has a faint suggestion of a carina. Length 1.5-2 mm. The peculiar outline and very small size distinguishes marginatus. This species occurs on freshly cut oak (May-November, chiefly July) from "Poughkeepsie" (N. Y. State List), and New Jersey (Camden), to Florida, west to Alabama (Tuskegee), north to Michigan (Detroit) and Lake Superior; also Oregon (Leconte coll.). 22. Carpophilus corticinus Erichson Carpophilus corticinus Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fiir Ent., 4, 263. Type : from eastern United States (Knoch) in the Berlin Museum. Oval, slightly oblong, subdepressed, feebly shining, sparsely pube- scent, castaneo-piceous, rarely dark piceous, legs rufo-piceous, anten- nal club fuscous. Head and pronotum moderately densely, finely punc- tate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1, as broad at base as at apex, sides broadly arcuate, margins rather broadly reflexed, hind angles subrectangular. Elytra conjointly a little wider than long, punctate as in the pronotum but with the interstices more granular. Prosternum densely punctate. In the male the hypopygidium is deeply emarginate for the additional segment, which is nearly visible from above. Length 2.8-3.4 mm. Most closely related to brachypterus, corticinus differs in being larger, more depressed, and in the differently shaped pronotum. This species occurs (April-Sept., chiefly June) from New York (Harrison), New Jersey (Fort Lee), and Ohio (Cincinnati) to Georgia, west to Texas, north to Michigan (Detroit, Gd. Ledge). 23. Carpophilus brachypterus (Say) Nitidula brachypterus Say, 1825, Journ. Acad. N. S. Philad., 5, 183. Carpophilus carbonatus Leconte, 1859, Smiths. Contr. Knowl., p. 6. Types: of brachypterus from eastern United States is lost, of carbonatus from Nebraska and Lake Superior in the M.C.Z. (Leconte collection). parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 179 Oblong oval, subdepressed, surface finely granular, very sparsely pubescent, piceous to black. Head and pronotum sparsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1; apex and base equal, sides moderately arcuate, hind angles small but distinct. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.1, apices strongly truncate, face more finely, sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Presternum nearly smooth. In the male the hypopygidium is not emarginate, but the additional segment is not visible from above. Length 1.8 — 2.5 mm. This species occurs (April-August) from Ontario (Prince Edward Co.) and Quebec (Rigaud) to North Carolina (Southern Pines, March 26), west to Texas, Nebraska (Lincoln), Kansas (Douglas Co., Bene- dict, Onaga), Iowa (Mt. Pleasant), South Dakota (Sioux Falls) and White Fish Point, Lake Superior. 24. Carpophilus discoideus Leconte Carpophilus discoideus Lee, 1858, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philadelphia, 10, 62. Carpophilus apicalis Lee, 1859, Smiths, Contr. Knowl., p. 6. Tribrachys caudalis Lee, 1859, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philadelphia, 11, 70. Types: of discoideus (no. 6963) from Arizona; of apicalis from Georgia and Nebraska; of caudalis (no. 6964) from Nebraska are all in the M.C.Z. (Leconte collection). Oval, slightlyoblong, subdepressed, sparsely pubescent; rufo-piceous to piceous, legs paler, each elyton with a large pale discal spot. Head and pronotum moderately sparsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.7 to 1; apex and base equal, sides moderately arcuate, hind angles small but distinct. Elytra conjointly as wide as long, punctate like the pronotum, but more obsoletely punctate toward the apices. Presternum smooth or nearly smooth. Male hypopygidium simple but deeply emarginate for the additional segment. Female pygidium deflexed at apex, so that it appears truncate from above. Length 2.2-3 mm. Evidently closely related to decipiens, discoideus differs in being usually darker, smaller, less depressed, and narrower. But the key character and the female pygidium seem to offer the only dependable differences. This species occurs (April-August) in Washington, California (Los Gatos, Santa Cruz Mts., Sisson, Sylvania, Pomona, Imperial Co.), Wyoming (Nat. Park), Nevada (Reno), Arizona (Ft. Yuma, Santa Rita Mts.), Utah (Uinta Co.), Colorado (Telluride), New Mexico (Gallup, Silver City, Albuquerque), Texas, Nebraska, Michigan (Port 180 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Huron) and Lake Superior; also "111." (A.N.S.P.), "Geo." (Leconte coll.) and "Mass." (A.N.S.P.). 25. Carpophilus decipiens Horn Carpophilus decipiens Horn, 1879, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 7, 279. T}'pes: from Tejon, California, Arizona, and Lower California. Cotypes in M.C.Z. (Leconte collection) and Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci. (Horn col- lection). Oblong oval, depressed, sparsely pubescent, piceous, elytra and legs paler. Head and pronotum sparsely, rather coarsely punctate. Pro- thorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1, base very slightly narrower than the apex, sides moderately arcuate, slightly sinuate posteriorly, hind angles distinct but slightly retracted, disc flat. Elytra conjointly very little longer than wide, more granular and more finely, sparsely punctate that the pronotum. Prosternum densely punctate. In the male the hypopygidium is deeply emarginate for the additional seg- ment, which is nearly visible from above. Female pygidium not trun- cate at apex. Length 2.4-3.5 mm. This species occurs (March-Nov., Jan., chiefly July) from Alaska (Nome), through Canada to California (Castro Valley, Alameda Co., Santa Clara Co., Canta Cruz Co., Fresno Co., Pomona, Los Angeles, San Bernardino Mts., 6000 ft.), east through Arizona (Williams, Pinal Mts., Tucson, Huachuca Mts.), New Mexico (Albuquerque) and Texas (Chisos Mts.) to Nebraska and Louisiana (Opelousas). 26. Carpophilus zuni Casey Carpophilus zuni Casey, 1884, Contr. Coleopt. N. A., pt. 1, p. 34. Type: from Arizona (Morrison) in the U.S.N.M. (Casey collection). Evidently this specimen came from the Leconte collection because there is in that collection (apparently substituted) an Epuraea labelled "zuni type" in Casey's handwriting. Elongate, depressed, pubescence sparse and very fine; piceo-cas- taneous, beneath rufous, including the legs and antennae. Head minutely punctulate and rugulose. Prothorax one-half wider than long, width at base and apex equal, sides arcuate, strongly sinuate before the hind angles, margins broadly reflexed (rarely moderately so), surface minutely and very closely punctulate. In both sexes the pygidium has three strong posteriorly convergent carina. Length 3.1 mm. parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 181 This species resembles an Epuraea and is remarkable in the broadly reflexed pronotal margins and the singular pygidium. A rare species, zuni occurs (July 9-August 17) in Arizona (Williams) and New Mexico (Beulah, Albuquerque). 27. Carpophilus tempestivus Erichson Carpophilus tempestivus Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 260. Carpophilus tempestivus var. terminatus Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lon- don, 24, 389. Types: both from Cuba (Gundlach) in the Berlin Museum. Oblong, moderately elongate, finely granular, moderately convex, shining, very finely and sparsely pubescent, pale rufous, suture and apices of elytra often narrowly piceous, antennal club sometimes darker. Prothorax with width to length as 1.4 to 1, sides feebly arcu- ate, sinuate before the hind angles, which are small and retracted, sur- face sparsely punctate. Elytra conjointly a little longer than wide, more sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Prosternum very sparsely punctate. In the male the hypopygidium is simple, the additional seg- ment not visible from above. In the female the pygidium is bluntly carinate. Length 1.7-2.5 mm. Murray described the variety terminatus for those specimens with only the elytral apices piceous; a variation so slight that it cannot be dignified with a name. This species occurs throughout the year from Georgia to Florida (Enterprise, Haulover, Lake Harney, Indian River, St. Lucie, Bis- cayne Bay), west to Louisiana (Lake Mary, Winnfield) and Arkansas (Hot Springs) ; also in the West Indies (Cuba, Porto Rico, Montserrat). 28. Carpophilus antiquus Melsheimer Carpophilus antiquus Melsh., 1844, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philadelphia, 2, 105. Type: from Pennsylvania in the M.C.Z. (Melsheimer collection). Oblong, moderately convex, surface finely granular, moderately shining, very sparsely, very finely pubescent; rufous to rufo-piceous, paler beneath, at least the apical fourth of elytra always piceous. Head and pronotum sparsely, rather coarsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.7 to 1, base and apex of equal length, sides feebly arcuate, hind angles subrectangular. Scutellum mostly impunctate. Elytra conjointly as wide as long, a little more coarsely and sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Prosternum at middle very sparsely 182 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology punctate. In the male the hypopygidium is simple, the additional seg- ment not visible from above, and the pygidium reflexed at apex. The female pygidium is simple. Length 2-3 mm. This species occurs (April-September) from "Can." (A.N.S.P.), Massachusetts (Sagamore), and New York (Flatbush), to Florida (Atlantic Beach), west to Texas, Missouri (Webster Groves, St. Charles), Kansas (Neosho Co.), and Iowa (Mt. Pleasant). NITIDULINAE Nitidulinae Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 226. This subfamily grades imperceptibly into Carpophilinae, so that the differences seem superficial. The Nitidulinae are more heterogen- eous than the other subfamilies and probably should be subdivided. In the following key the genera could not be placed in the order of their relationships. Since they are described in their natural order, the numbers after the genera in the key refer to this arrangement. Key to genera of Ncarctic Nitidulinae 1 . Prothorax not margined at base ; head horizontal 2 Prothorax margined at base; head vertical 15 2. Prosternum depressed behind the coxae, not prolonged 3 Prosternum elevated behind, often prolonged 12 3. All tarsi very distinctly dilated 4 Tarsi not dilated, or but feebly so 7 4. Antennal grooves strongly convergent 5 Antenna! grooves parallel, passing directly backwards Stelidota (4) 5. Labrum bilobed 6 Labrum feebly emarginate Nitidula (6) 6. Posterior tibiae of the male slightly arcuate, slender at basal half, suddenly broadened apically (not true of all exotic species); middle tibiae slender, similar in both sexes Haptoncus (1) Posterior tibiae of both sexes slender, similar, or the middle tibiae dissimilar, that of the male being sinuate within and thickened at tip Epuraea (2) 7. Mentum broad, covering the base of the maxillae . Prometopia (7) Mentum not covering the maxillae 8 PARSONS : A REVISION OF NEARCTIC NITIDULIDAE 183 S. Front not lobed over the antennae 9 Front lobed over the insertion of the antennae 10 9. Tip of mandibles slightly bifid Phenolia (10) Tip of mandibles not bifid Omosita (5) 10. Antennal grooves strongly convergent behind Soronia (9) Antennal grooves parallel 11 11. Elytra not, or merely apparently costate Lobiopa (8) Elytra distinctly costate Amphotis (11) 12. Head without antennal grooves 13 Head with distinct antennal grooves 14 13. Anterior tibia bidentate at middle Perthalycra (13) Anterior tibia not toothed externally Thalycra (12) Anterior tibia with outer apical angle greatly prolonged in the form of a large triangular tooth Quadrifrons (14) 14. Tarsi not dilated; body oval, pubescent Pocadius (15) Front tarsi dilated; body parallel and glabrous . . .Orthopeplus (3) 15. Mesosternum protuberant in front; middle coxae widely sepa- rated 16 Mesosternum small, oblique, not protuberant 18 16. Prosternum prolonged, broadly dilated at tip; body glabrous. .17 Prosternum less prolonged, feebly dilated at tip, body pubescent Amplucrossus (17) 17. Labrum deeply bilobed; hind tarsi longer than middle Oxycnemus (21) Labrum feebly bilobed, hind and middle tarsi of equal length .... Camptodes (16) 18. Metasternum not protuberant; middle coxae narrowly sepa- rated 19 Metasternum protuberant, widely separating the middle coxae; prosternum not prolonged at tip Cyllodes (20) 19. Hind tarsi longer than the others; body glabrous. . .Pallodes (19) Hind tarsi equal to the others; body pubescent. . .Cychramus (18) 1. Haptoncus Murray Plates 4, 12 Haptoncus Murray, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 24, 401. Genotype: Haptoncus tetragonus Murr. = Haptoncus ocularis (Fairm.). Haptoncura Reitter, 1875, Verh. Nat. Ver. Bri'mn., 13, 61 et 64. Genotype: Epuraea luteola Er. 184 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Body small, slightly convex. Head broad, clypeus indistinct, slightly porrect. Antennae a little longer than the head, first segment enlarged on the outside, second convex as long as the third, club large, oval, pubescent. Antennal grooves short, convergent. Labrum long, deeply bilobed. Mandibles strongly or feebly bidentate. Lacinia broad and rounded at tip, heavily bearded. Maxillary palpi with first segment small, second much larger and clavate, third smaller than the second, fourth cylindrical and much longer than the second. Ligula with rather large laterally projecting paraglossae, the palpi with first two segments small, the third greatly enlarged. Mentum transverse, more or less emarginate in front. Pronotum as broad as the elytra. Scutel- lum not round posteriorly. Epipleurae broad and attaining the elytral apices. Elytra long, the pygidium and penultimate segment ordi- narily visible from behind, but not from above. Prosternal process widened and rounded posteriorly, sometimes reaching the metasternum. Mesocoxae a little further apart than the procoxae; the metacoxae about twice as far apart as the mesocoxae. In the male there is an additional segment, behind the pygidium, which is visible from above. Femurs canaliculate, tarsi feebly dilated, front tarsi more strongly dilated. Claws simple. This genus connects the Nitidulinae with the Carpophilinae. It is very similar to Carpophilus, but differs in the longer elytra, different labial palpi, and the undeflexed eighth abdominal segment of the male. Haptoncus contains 34 species. Except for one Brazilian species and the tropicopolitan lutcolus, the genus is Old World. Haptoncus luteolus (Erichson) Plates 4, figs. 1-8; pi. 12, fig. 11 Epuraea luleola Ei\, 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 272. Epuraea texana Crotch, 1874, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 3, 76. For complete synonymy see Grouvelle, 1913. Types: of luteolus from Cuba (Otto) in the Berlin Museum; of texana from Texas, no. 8310 in the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.). Oval, slightly oblong, moderately shining, sparsely pubescent; uniformly testaceous, except for the black eyes and fulvous antennal club. Head finely, sparsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.9 to 1, sides feebly arcuate, narrowing anteriorl}', margins narrowly reflexed, hind angles rectangular, surface rather finely, densely punc- tate. Elytra a little longer than wide, narrowed posteriorly, apices truncate, surface a little more sparsely and coarsely punctate than the pronotum. Middle tibiae simple in both sexes. In the male the parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 185 posterior tibiae have the basal two-fifths slender and the apical por- tion suddenly about twice as wide; the additional segment is acutely rounded. Length 2-2.5 mm. A tropicopolitan species, luteolus occurs throughout the year in the United States from California (Elsinore Lake, Pasadena, Tustin, Vista), Arizona (Yuma), Texas (Fedor), Alabama (Mobile), to Florida (many localities) ; also Tennessee, Ohio (Columbus) and New Jersey (Hopatcong). The recent northern records indicate that luteolus is being spread by human agency. 2. Epuraea Erichson Plates 4, 12 Epuraea Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 267. Dadopora C. G. Thorns., Skand. Col., 1859, 1: 68; 1862, 4, 168; 1867, 9: 378. Epuraeanella Crotch, 1874, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 5, 76. Omosiphora Reitt., 1875, Verh. Nat. Ver. Brtinn., 13, 56 et 63. Micrurula Reitt., 1884, Wien. Ent. Zeit., 3, 209. Micruria Reitt., 1874, Verh. Nat. Ver. Briinn., 13, 58 et 64. Genotype of Epuraea : Nitidula decemguttata Fabr. Body rather small, more or less oblong. Head rather small, clypeus indistinct. Antennae a little longer than the head, first segment strongly enlarged anteriorly, second convex as long as the third, third to fifth elongate, sixth and seventh short, eighth more or less transverse, club rather large and oval. Antenna! grooves rather feeble, strongly convergent posteriorly. Labrum rather deeply bilobed. Mandibles with a single tooth behind which is a smaller tooth and a beard. Lacinia broad and rounded at tip, heavily bearded. Maxillary palpi with first segment very small, the second clavate, the third very short and transverse, the fourth cylindrical and nearly as long as the others together. Mentum strongly transverse, feebly emarginate anteriorly. Labial palpi with first segment small, second clavate, the third greatly enlarged and rounded or securiform (subg. Dadopora). Pronotum as broad or nearly as broad as the elytra. Elytra truncate or entire; epipleurae broad and attaining the apices. Prosternal process widened and rounded behind the coxae. Mesocoxae about as far apart as the procoxae, the hind coxae far apart (Subg. Epuraeanella) or not. Middle and hind tibiae variously developed, sometimes sexually dimorphic (see key). The three middle ventral segments shorter than the first and fifth. In the male the additional eighth segment is visible from above (from beneath in liebeeki). Tarsi dilated; sometimes the 186 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology posterior tarsi are feebly dilated. Claws simple or toothed (Subg. Micrurula). This genus is most closely related to Haptoncus from which it differs in details of the mouthparts. The genus Epuraea contains nearly 200 species found in all regions of the earth except South America. Epuraea is particularly well devel- oped in the Holarctic region. The members of this genus are most commonly found at sap in the spring. Some are found in fungi, in bees' nests, on flowers, or under old leaves. Since the species could not all be keyed in the order in which they are described, the number after each species refers to its order in the natural arrangement. Key to Nearctic Epuraea 1. Middle tibiae dissimilar in the two sexes, that of the male sinuate within and thickened at tip, that of the female slender 2 Middle tibiae similar in the two sexes, slender 21 2. Intercoxal process of abdomen broad, truncate 3 Intercoxal process of abdomen narrow, acute, metasternum usually notched for its reception 7 3. Length 5 mm. or more, form broadly oblong 4 Length less than 5 mm., form more oval than oblong 5 4. Pronotal margins moderately explanate, hind angles rectangular . . monogama (1) Pronotal margins not explanate, hind angles obtuse . . . liebecki (2) 5. Color yellow, elytra conjointly as wide as long horni (3) Color testaceous to piceous, elytra conjointly longer than wide . . 6 6. Elytra narrower at apex, margins reflexed helvola (4) Elytra scarcely narrower at apex, margins very narrowly reflexed rufa (5) 7. Elytra obliquely prolonged, not truncate 8 Elytra truncate at apex 10 8. Length 3 mm. or longer, pronotum not at all or moderately sinuate before the hind angles 9 Length 2.4-3.2 mm., pronotum strongly sinuate before the hind angles papagona (8) 9. Middle tibiae of male feebly dilated at tip Integra (7) Middle tibiae of male rather strongly dilated ambigua (6) parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 187 10. Form oblong oval 11 Form elongate, parallel; middle tibiae of male feebly sinuate. .18 11. Middle tibiae of male strongly sinuate within; the inward pro- longation of the tip well marked 12 Middle tibiae of male feebly sinuate, tip merely thickened .... 14 12. Prothorax broadest at or near the base, hind angles rectangular. . erichsoni (11) Prothorax distinctly narrowed at base 13 13. Sides of pronotum simply arcuate, hind angles not prominent . . . rufida (9) Sides of pronotum sinuate posteriorly, hind angles rather acute . . corticina (10) 14. Large, pale yellow species with sides of thorax curved at base. . 17 Smaller, testaceous to fuscous, with sides of thorax obliquely narrowed and more or less sinuate at base 15 15. Hind angles of pronotum acute (perhaps also rectangular) terminalis (14) Hind angles of pronotum subrectangular or rectangular 16 16. Fuscous above, elytral margins very narrowly reflexed adumbrata (12) Pale testaceous to rufo-testaceous above, elytral margins less narrowly reflexed avara (13) 17. Hind angles of thorax obtuse, margin very narrowly reflexed. . . . fulvescens (15) Hind angles of thorax acute and prominent, margin broadly reflexed duryi (16) 18. Prothorax one-half wider than long orantula (20) Prothorax one-third wider than long 19 19. Antennal segment 3 elongate, 4-8 short pla?iulata (19) Antennal segments 3-5 moderately elongate (20) 20. Surface moderately shining, distinctly punctate. . .truncatella (18) Surface subopaque, obsoletely punctulate linearis (17) 21. Abdominal intercoxal process broad, obtuse 22 Abdominal intercoxal process triangular, more or less acute ... 26 22. Elytra not spotted 23 Elytra spotted 25 23. Elytra very broadly truncate behind, apex subequal in width to base; male first ventral with 2 longitudinal rows of hairs alternans (21) Elytra narrowing to the truncate apex; male first ventral not modified 24 188 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology 24. Elytra narrowly margined; pubescence above gray, not con- spicuous obtusicollis (22) Elytra more widely margined : pubescence above long, conspicuous due to silvery lustre populi (23) 25. Disc of pronotum uniformly dark colored; posterior male femora simple; body oblong, depressed flavomaculata (24) Pronotum with a median longitudinal pale stripe; posterior male femora obtusely subangulate; body form more oval and convex peltoides (25) 26. Last antennal segment much larger than preceding . dcpressa (26) Last antennal segment smaller than preceding 27 27. Prothoracic margin narrowly explanate 28 Prothoracic margin broadly explanate 29 28. Less than 3 mm. long, apex of pronotum distinctly emarginate . . . labilis (27) Length of 3 mm. or more, apex of pronotum feebly emarginate . . umbrosa (28) 29. Elytra conjointly emarginate at apex scapkoides (29) No alternate. The species of this genus are extremely variable, and consequently very difficult to key accurately. The females can only be named by guess work, by association with similar males. Almost every collection contains some aberrant specimens and even distinct, unnamed species. These cannot be described until each is represented by. a series of both sexes. 1. Epuraea monogama Crotch Epuraea monogama Crotch, 1874, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 5, 76. Type: from Vancouver and Sierra Nevada, California in a small globular fungus on dead pine, lectotype no. 7957 from Calif, in the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.). Very large, broadly oblong, depressed; above rufo-piceous to dark piceous, more rufous beneath; moderately shining; sparsely covered with short brown pubescence. Head moderately densely punctulate. Antennae rufous; segments 3, 4, 5 equal; 6, 7, 8 equal, each half the length of the three preceding segments. Prothorax feebly convex; its width to length as 1.7 to 1; narrowed in front; sides moderately arcuate, explanate, slightly reflexed, not fimbriate; hind angles rec- tangular; hind margin bisinuate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.1; sides feebly arcuate, margin rather broadly and strongly reflexed; disc punctate as in the pronotum. Male and female parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 189 pygidia fimbriate. Middle tibiae of male sinuate within and thickened at tip, of the female simple. Male eighth dorsal segment visible from above. Length 5-5.5, width 2.6-3 mm. Comparisons with liebecki are to be found under the latter species. This species occurs (May-July) from British Columbia (North Bend, Salmon Arm, Vancouver) through Washington (Easton), Idaho (Moscow Mt.), to California (Napa, Cameno, along the Sierra Nevada) in Nevada and Texas (Rivers collector). 2. Epuraea liebecki spec. nov. Very large, broadly oblong, depressed, feebly shining, sparsely pubescent. Color above dark ferrugineous, beneath (except antennal club) pale ferrugineous. Prothorax very feebly convex, with width to length as 1.6 to 1, narrowed in front, sides moderately arcuate, not explanate, finely fimbriate, hind angles broadly rounded, hind margin slightly bisinuate; surface finely alutaceous, densely, rather coarsely punctate, each puncture bearing a short recurved dark seta. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.1, lateral margins evenly and very feebly arcuate, not explanate, very narrowly reflexed, finely fimbriate. The sutural half of each elytron with about seven vague rows of obsolete tubercles, each tubercle bearing a moderately long recumbent dark seta. Surface of elytra more finely and sparsely punctate than the pronotum, each puncture bearing a short recumbent seta. Pygidium with long pale fimbriae. Middle tibiae of male feebly sinuate within and feebly thickened at tip. Male eighth dorsal seg- ment visible only from beneath. Length 5-6.3, width 2.8-3.4 mm. Although resembling monogama, liebecki is broader, duller, lateral pronotal margins fimbriate but not explanate, head more flat, prono- tum more strongly emarginate at apex, hind angles more obtuse, and surface more coarsely punctate. This species is known from three males from Arizona, holotype in the M.C.Z. (Liebeck coll.); a paratype in the collection of the author; and a paratype collected July 14 at Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mts. (A.M.N.H.). 3. Epuraea horni Crotch Epuraea Horni Crotch, 1874, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 5, 76. Type: from Grimsby, Canada (Pettit coll.) in the Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci. Broadly oval, moderately shining, sparsely covered with short fulvous pubescence, color fulvous to testaceous. Head rather densely 190 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology punctulate; antennae proportioned as in monogama; anterior fourth of presternum transversely wrinkled. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1, sides moderately arcuate and gradually narrowed from base to apex, feebly sinuate before the subrectangular hind angles, apex moderately emarginate, lateral margins more widely explanate posteriorly and very slightly reflexed, surface moderately densely punctulate. Elytra conjointly as wide as long, broadest near the middle, margins rather broadly explanate and feebly reflexed, surface more sparsely punctulate than the pronotum. Epipleurae very sparsely punctate. Male middle tibiae feebly sinuate within, and only moder- ately thickened and prolonged at tip. Length 3.7-4.5, width 2-2.4 mm. The form of horni is nearest helvola but even broader. This species occurs from Canada (Grimsby) and Pennsylvania (Crooked Creek) south to North Carolina, west to Illinois. 4. Epuraea helvola Erichson Plates 4, figs. 9-16; pi. 12, fig. 12 Epuraea helvola Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. flir Ent., 4, 273. Omosita castanea Melsh., 1846, Proc. Acad., Philad., 2, 106. Epuraea rufa Reitt. (non Say), 1873, Verh. Nat. Ver. Briinn., 12, 28. Types: of helvola from Pennsylvania in the Berlin Museum; of castanea from Pennsylvania in the M.C.Z. (Melsheimer coll.); of rufa from North Carolina probably in the Hungarian National Museum, Reitter coll.). Broadly oval; moderately convex; moderately shining, covered with short, sparse, pale pubescence; color rufous to dark piceous, usually piceous brown, epipleurae and legs paler. Head coarsely, densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1, apex deeply emarginate, base feebly bisinuate, sides strongly arcuate and narrowing at base, feebly sinuate in front of the subacute hind angles, margins broadly explanate and slightly reflexed, surface densely punctate and subgranulate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.1, suture slightly elevated, margin reflexed, obsoletely punctate and sub- granular. Male middle tibiae strongly sinuate and dilated at tip. Length 2.7-3.7 mm. Closely resembling rufa, helvola differs in the more deeply emarginate prothorax, the more attenuate elytra, and the broadly reflexed elytral margins. This species occurs (May-Oct.) from New Hampshire to Virginia (Afton, Crooked Corner) and Kentucky, west to Iowa (Mt. Pleasant), and Mantiba (Aweme, Winnipeg). parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 191 5. Epuraea rufa (Say) Nitidula rufa Say, 1825, Journ. Acad. Philad., 5, 180. Omosita badia Melsh., 1846, Proc. Acad. Philad., 2, 106. Epuraea rotundicollis Reitt., 1873, Verh. Nat. Ver. Briinn., 12, 25, 34. Types : of rufa from eastern United States is lost ; of badia from Pennsylvania is in the M.C.Z. (Melsheimer coll.); of rotundicollis from boreal America in the National Museum, Budapest (Reitter coll.). Oval; moderately convex; color sometimes rufous, usually rufo- piceous, beneath rufous; moderately shining; sparsely covered with short fulvous pubescence. Head densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.7 to 1, apex moderately emarginate, base feebly bisinuate, sides strongly arcuate and narrowing at base, feebly sinuate before the subacute and moderately prominent hind angles, margin broadly explanate but not reflexed, surface subgranular but not densely punctate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.2, suture slightly elevated, margin narrow and slightly reflexed, surface densely punctate, subgranular. Male middle tibiae strongly sinuate and dilated at tip. Length 2.9-3.5 mm. Comparisons with its nearest relative, helvola, will be found under the latter. This species occurs (March-October, chiefly June) beneath leaves, at sap, and in fungi from Ontario (Prince Edward Co.) and Quebec (Montreal) to Georgia (Clayton), west to Missouri, Kansas (Lawrence), Nebraska (Lincoln), Minnesota (Goodhue Co., bred from fallen seeds of Acer saccharum), and Lake Superior (White Fish Point, Isle Roy ale). 6. Epuraea ambigua Mannerheim Epuraea ambigua Mann., 1843, Bull. Moscow, 16 (pt. 2), 256. Type: from Kenai Peninsula, Alaska. A cotype (no. 7959) is in the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.) and cotypes are presumably in the Zool. Mus., Helsingfors. Oblong oval, fulvous to dark rufous, elytra often clouded with fuscous, moderately shining, very sparsely covered with fulvous pubescence. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1, apex feebly emarginate, base very feebly bisinuate, sides moderately arcuate, obliquely narrowing (but slightly if at all sinuate) before the sub- rectangular hind angles, margin narrowly explanate (posterior third more broadly) and slightly reflexed, surface rather densely punctate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.4, apices prolonged not truncate, margin very narrowly reflexed, slightly more coarsely 192 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology punctate than the pronotum. Male middle tibiae feebly sinuate within and strongly prolonged inward. Length 3.4-3.8 mm. This species occurs (May-August) from Alaska (Kenai) through British Columbia (Quesnel Lake) and Washington (Olympia) to California (Siskiyou Co., Eldorado Co., Santa Cruz Mts., San Mateo Co., Fieldbrook, Los Gatos). 7. Epuraea Integra Horn Epuraea Integra Horn, 1897, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 7, 212. Type: cotypes from Fort Whipple, Arizona (Palmer) and Colorado (Morrison) are in the Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci. and the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.). Oblong oval, rufo-testaceous, elytra sometimes fuscous, moderately shining, sparsely covered with short fulvous pubescence. Head densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.7 to 1, base slightly wider than apex; sides moderately arcuate, near the base obliquely narrowed and slightly sinuate before the rectangular, moderately prominent hind angles ; margin moderately explanate, slightly reflexed ; apex moderately emarginate; base slightly bisinuate, surface densely punctulate and subgranular. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.3, margin narrowly reflexed, apices conjointly rounded and covering the pygidium, suture slightly dehiscent at tip, surface densely punctulate and subgranular. Male middle tibiae feebly sinuate and feebly dilated at tip. Length 2.8-3.5 mm. Although related to ambigua, Integra differs in the male middle tibiae and the more prominent hind angles of the pronotum. This species occurs (April-July) in Nevada and Colorado, south to Arizona (Williams, Fort Whipple, Pinal Mts., Globe, Santa Rita Mts., Chiricahua Mts.) and New Mexico (Beulah). Sharp records Integra from Guatemala (7000-9000 ft., Quiche Mts.). Cockerell collected it in the nest of Bomb us juxtus at Beulah, New Mexico, in July. 8. Epuraea papagona Casey Type: from Arizona (Morrison) no. 6967, labelled "type" in Casey's hand- writing, in the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.). Oblong oval, flavo-testaceous, moderately shining, sparsely covered with short fulvous pubescence. Head densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1, base slightly wider than apex, sides moderately arcuate, near the base strongly sinuate, before the acute or rectangular hind angles, margins narrowly explanate except for parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 193 posterior halves which are broadly explanate, base bisinuate, surface densely punctulate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.2, margin narrowly reflexed, the apex of each elytron evenly rotundo- truneate, suture not dehiscent at tip, surface a little more coarsely and sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Male middle tibiae very feebly sinuate within and very feebly thickened at tip. Length 2.4-3.2 mm. Very closely related to integra, papagona tends to differ in its smaller size, acute posterior pronotal angles, more truncate elytral apices and apical sutural angles not dehiscent. This species occurs in June on Popuhis tremuloides in Colorado, Arizona (Williams), and New Mexico (Albuquerque). Sharp's record of northern Sonora is almost certainly based on specimens Morrison collected in what is now southern Arizona. 9. Epuraea rufida (Melsheimer) Omosita rufida Melsh., 1846, Proc. Acad. Philad., 2, 106. Type: from Pennsylvania is not in the Melsheimer collection (M.C.Z.) but may yet be found in the general collection, among which Melsheimer '£ specimens were distributed by Samuel Henshaw. Oblong oval, testaceous to dark rufous, moderately shining, sparsely covered with short fulvous pubescence. Head densely, rather coarsely punctate; antennal segments 4, 5 as long as 3. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1, apex feebly emarginate, base feebly bisinuate, sides moderately arcuate, feebly narrowed but not sinuate before the subrectangular hind angles; margins moderately widely explanate and very slightly reflexed; surface moderately coarsely and densely punctate, subgranular. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.1, margin narrowly reflexed, apices truncate, surface densely punctate, subgranular. Male middle tibiae very strongly sinuate within and strongly thickened and prolonged inward. Length 3.5- 4.1 mm. Comparisons with its closest relative corticina, will be found after the description of the latter. Although resembling crichsoni, rufida is larger, more finely punctate, pronotal margin broader, and the pronotum more narrowed posteriorly. This species occurs (April-Sept.) beneath bark of oak and on flowers of linden from Ontario (Rosseau) to South Carolina (Charles- ton), west to Louisiana (Vowell's Mill) north to Michigan (Gd. Ledge). 194 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology 10. Epuraea corticina Erichson Epuraea corticina Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 270. Type: from North America (probably eastern Pennsylvania) in the Berlin Museum (Koch coll.). Oblong oval, fulvous to fuscous, usually rufo-testaceous with disc of pronotum and elytra often clouded with a darker color, moderately shining, sparsely covered with short fulvous pubescence. Antennal segments 4 and 5 shorter than 3. Prothorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1, apex slightly narrower than base, rather strongly arcuate, feebly narrowed and sinuate before the usually acute (rarely rectan- gular) hind angles, margins narrow and very feebly reflexed, surface densely and rather finely punctate, finely alutaceous. Elytra con- jointly with width to length as 1 to 1.3, margin narrowly reflexed, surface more coarsely and sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Male middle tibiae sinuate within and greatly dilated at tip. Length 3.1-3.6 mm. The convexity of the prothorax and the sinuation of its sides are variable. This species is closely related to rufida but is slightly smaller, more convex, prothorax wider, its sides more arcuate and hind angles more acute, usually darker, and the male middle tibiae less prolonged inwards. This species occurs (April-Sept., Dec.) under oak bark from New York (Rochester, N. Y. State List )to Florida (St. Augustine), west through Alabama (Mobile) to Louisiana (Winnfield), Mississippi (Meridian, Lucedale), Kansas (Douglas Co.), Iowa (Burlington, Mt. Pleasant), and Wisconsin; also "Nev." (A.N.S.P.). 11. Epuraea erichsoni Reitter Epuraea Erichsoni Reitter, 1873, Verh. Nat. Ver. Briinn., 12, 25, 35. Type : from North America, cotypes in the Vienna Museum and Paris Museum (Marseul coll.). Oblong oval, fulvous to dark rufous, usually luteo-testaceous, margins of elytra more or less fuscous, moderately shining, sparsely covered with short yellow pubescence. Head sparsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1, apex very feebly emarginate, base feebly sinuate, sides feebly arcuate, only slightly narrowed before the rectangular hind angles, margin narrowly and feebly reflexed, surface densely, rather coarsely punctate. Elytra conjointly with parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 195 width to length as 1 to 1.2, margin narrowly reflexed, apices truncate, surface less densely punctate than the pronotum. Male middle tibiae strongly sinuate within and strongly thickened at tip. Length 2.2- 3 mm. It is similar to labilis but has a less emarginate pronotum and different middle male tibiae. This species occurs (April-August) in the early spring beneath bark and at sap, later on flowers of maple, huckleberry, and various marsh plants from Ontario (Rosseau) and Quebec (Montreal) south to Florida, west to Texas, Nebraska, and Manitoba (Cedar Lake). 12. Epuraea adumbrata Mannerheim Epuraea adumbrata Mann., 1852, Bull. Moscow, 25 (pt. 2), 336. Type: from Sitka, Alaska, a eotype (no. 7960) is in the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.) and cotypes are presumably in the Zool. Mus. at Helsingfors. Oblong oval, moderately shining, color of eotype fuscous, beneath pale, except for antennal club, underside of meso- and metathorax and abdomen which are fuscous; covered with fine yellow pubescence. Head rather finely, densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.6 to 1, apex feebly emarginate, base moderately bisinuate, sides rather feebly arcuate, moderately narrowed and very slightly sinuate before the subrectangular hind angles, margins moderately broadly explanate and very slightly reflexed, surface densely punctate, sub- granular. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.2, margins very narrowly reflexed, apex of each elytron truncately rounded, surface very slightly more coarsely and sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Male middle tibia very feebly sinuate and thickened at tip. Length 3 mm. The above description is of the eotype. Horn was confused about this species. Specimens from Olympia, Washington (Liebeck coll. : M.C.Z.) have unicolorous antennae, the pronotum more coarsely punctate and with less explanate margins than the eotype. Although very closely related to terminalis, adumbrata differs in being darker, pronotum more convex, and more explanate, and more sparsely punc- tate, and the elytra less explanate. This species occurs (May-July) from Alaska (Sitka, Tschunuktnu River, Kenai Peninsula) to Washington (Olympia) and Colorado (Douglas Co.), east to Quebec (Montreal) and south to North Carolina 196 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology 13. Epuraea terminalis Mannerheim Epuraea terminalis Mann., 1843, Bull. Moscow, 16 (pt. 1), 95. Epuraea immunda Sturm, 1844, Deutschl. Fn. Ins., 16, 59. Epuraea infuscata Maklin, 1853, Bull. Moscow, 26 (pt. 2), 206. For complete synonymy see Grouvelle, 1913. Types: of terminalis from Finland (at sap on birch) presumably in the Zool. Mus. at Helsingfors; of immunda from Germany presumably in the Zool. Mus. at Munich ; of infuscata from Kenai Peninsula, Alaska, a cotype (no. 8309) is in the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.) and cotypes are presumably in the Zool. Mus. at Helsingfors. Oblong oval, moderately shining, sparsely and finely pubescent, color rufo-testaceous, elytra laterally and apically tending to be clouded with fuscous, beneath rufo-testaceous, metasternum darker, antennae unicolorous or with club fuscous. Head densely punctulate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.7 to 1, apex very feebly emar- ginate,base very feebly bisinuate, sides moderately arcuate, moderately explanate, and slightly reflexed, more or less distinctly sinuate before the prominent, acute hind angles, surface densely punctulate, finely alutaceous. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.1, sides rather strongly, evenly arcuate, margin narrowly reflexed, surface more coarsely and sparsely punctate than the pronotum. Intercoxal process rather broad and triangular. Male middle tibiae abruptly but only moderately thickened at tip. Length 2.5-3 mm. The species described by Horn under immunda is not this, but another unnamed one mentioned next. Arrow had sent Fall a European specimen of terminalis determined by Grouvelle which enabled Fall to determine that Horn's "immunda" was another species. The European terminalis, with one of its forms, in the writer's collection also show that it occurs in the New World. This species occurs in Europe, across Siberia, and (May-July) from Alaska (Anchorage) south through British Columbia (Terrace) to Colorado (Douglas Co.), east to Wisconsin (Bayfield), Quebec (Jol- iette), and Maine (Paris). Epuraea sp. nee terminalis (immunda auct.) There is a species, widespread in western United States, that is labelled immunda in many collections, but is not immunda { = termin- alis). A series of this species is in the Fall collection with the label "immunda" turned down. The Horn collection has a series from Salada Beach, California. It is difficult to determine just what the species is. parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 197 14. Epuraea avara (Randall) Nitidula avara Rand., 1838, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 2, 18. Epuraea nulrila Lee, 1857, Pacific R.R. Report. App. 1, p. 36. Types: of antra from Maine (at sap on prostrate sugar maple) is lost; of nubila from San Jose, California (no. 6908) in the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.). Elongate oval, moderately shining, sparsely and finely pubescent, rufo-testaceous, often with three indistinct fuscous spots on each elytron. Head densely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1, apex slightly narrower than base, apex moderately emarginate, base moderately bisinuate, sides feebly arcuate, the posterior third feebly narrowed to the rectangular hind angles, margin moderately broad and slightly reflexed, surface densely punctate, finely alutaceous. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.2, apices rotundo- truncate, margins narrowly reflexed, surface finely alutaceous, more sparsely and coarsely punctate than the pronotum. Male middle tibiae very feebly sinuate within and slightly thickened at tip. Length 2.3-3.5 mm. This is a very variable species. In particular, a specimen from El Dorado Crk., N. W. Terr. (Fall coll.: M.C.Z.) is more widely explanate and more sparsely punctate. Specimens from B. C, Calif., and Maine tend to be darker, pronotum with less explanate margins and more obtuse hind angles. This species occurs especially at sap of maple and birch (May- August, chiefly June) from Yukon (El Dorado Crk.), British Columbia (Cawrston), and Quebec (Joliette) south to California (San Jose), Nevada, New Mexico (Albuquerque), and South Carolina. 15. Epuraea fulvescens Horn Epuraea fulvescens Horn, 1879, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 7, 290, 296. Type: from Grimsby, Canada in the Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci. Oblong oval, moderately shining, sparsely covered with yellow pubescence, color above and beneath fulvous, antennal club sometimes darker. Prothorax with width to length as 1.7 to 1, apex feebly emar- ginate, base feebly bisinuate, sides very feebly arcuate, not sinuate before the more or less obtusely subrectangular hind angles, margin very narrowly explanate, surface rather coarsely and densely punc- tate, finely alutaceous. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.2, margin moderately narrowed, apex of each elytron broadly rounded, surface very slightly more coarsely and sparsely punctate 198 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology than the pronotum. Male middle tibiae slightly stouter than the posterior and feebly thickened at tip. Length 3-3.5 mm. This very rare species occurs in June from Canada (Grimsby) to Georgia (Clayton). 16. Epuraea duryi Blatchley Epuraea duryi Blatchley, 1910, Coleoptera of Indiana, p. 639, fig. 240. Type: from Crawford Co., Indiana in the Blatchley coll. at Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. Broadly oval, subdepressed. Uniform pale yellow, sparsely pubes- cent, distinctly shining. Head finely and sparsely punctate. Thorax two-thirds wider than long, widest at middle, the sides thence con- verging and nearly straight to apex, feebly curved to base; disk finely and rather sparsely punctate, broadly and shallowly impressed near the hind angles. Elytra together a little longer than wide, tips sub- truncate; disk finely and rather sparsely punctate. Abdomen finely granulate-punctate. Intercoxal process rather broad, but acute at apex. Length 3.5-4.7 mm. Since duryi is unknown to the writer, the above description is copied from Blatchley. In the writer's collection is a female from East Dorset, Vt., which is much nearer duryi than any other species. But it is rufo-testaceous and has the pronotum somewhat differently shaped and punctate. This species is known only from Blatchley 's records of Indiana (Crawford Co., June 27-28) and Ohio (Cincinnati, collected by Charles Dury and presumably in his collection). 17. Epuraea linearis Maklin Epuraea linearis Maklin, 1853, Bull. Moscow, 26, 205. Type: cotype (no. 8308) from the interior of the Kenai Peninsula, Alaska is in the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.) and cotypes are presumably in the Zool. Mus. at Helsingfors. Oblong to elongate, parallel; subopaque; piceo-rufous, elytra darker than the pronotum; when dark piceous or black the pronotal margins may be testaceous; sparsely covered with pale pubescence. Head sparsely, obsoletely punctulate. Antennae rufous, segments 6-8 very short. Prothorax with width to length as 1.5 to 1, very little wider at base than at apex, sides evenly very feebly arcuate, margin very narrowly reflexed, apex very feebly emarginate, base very feebly parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 199 Insinuate, hind angles subrectangular, surface variably obsoletely punctulate, subgranulate. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.5, apices rotundo-truncate, margin very narrowly reflexed, surface slightly more coarsely and sparsely punctate than the prono- tum. Length 2.7-3 mm. A specimen from Quesnel Lake, B. C. (Kans. Univ. coll.) has the lateral margins more broadly explanate and the apex of the pronotum more distinctly emarginate. Examples from the southwest (U.S.N.M.) have the discs of the pronotum and elytra mainly black. This species occurs on pine and spruce (May-Sept.) from Alaska (Kenai Peninsula, Seward, Sitka) through British Columbia (Quesnel Lake, Vancouver), Alberta (Edmonton), Oregon (Astoria), Montana (Sula), South Dakota (Black Hills), Colorado (Veta Pass) to Arizona (Chiricahua Mts.) and New Mexico (Cloudcroft); also New Hamp- shire (Waterville: U.S.N.M.). This last record should be rechecked. 18. Epuraea truncatella Mannerheim Epuraea truncatella Mann., 1846, Bull. Moscow, 19 (pt. 2), 514. Epuraea nigra Maklin, 1853, Bull. Moscow, 26 (pt. 3), 204. Types: of truncatella from Sitka, Alaska presumably in the Zool. Mus. at Helsingfors; of nigra a cotype from Kenai Peninsula, Alaska is in the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.) and cotypes are presumably in the Zool. Mus. at Helsingfors. Elongate, parallel, sparsely pubescent, moderately shining, color piceo-testaceous to nearly black, antennae unicolorous or with club darker. Head sparsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.3 to 1, apex feebly emarginate, base truncate, sides feebly arcuate and at posterior third narrowed and more or less strongly sinuate before the subrectangular or rectangular hind angles, margin narrowly explanate but more widely posteriorly, more or less feebly reflexed, surface densely punctate, finely alutaceous. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.4, narrowly reflexed, slightly more sparsely punctate than the pronotum, finely alutaceous. Male middle tibiae sinuate within and strongly dilated at tip. Length 2.5-3 mm. In color and degree of elongation truncatella varies considerably. It is easily confused with planulata and is compared under the latter. This species occurs (April-August) from Alaska (Kenai Peninsula, Seward) through Yukon (Klondike), British Columbia (Terrace), Alberta (Edmonton), Ontario (Rosseau), Quebec (Hull) to Labrador (Ungava Bay), south to California (Sisson, Los Gatos, Lassen Co. on 200 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology Pinus jeffreyi), Nevada, Colorado (La Veta), New Mexico (Cloud- croft, Las Vegas, 11000 ft.), Indiana (Lawrence Co. in decaying fungi), West Virginia (Kingmont), and Virginia (Lee Co.). 19. Epuraea planulata Erichson Epuraea planulata Er., 1843, in Germar, Zeitschr. fur Ent., 4, 271. Epuraea placida Maklin, 1853, Bull. Moscow, 35, 203, sep. p. 111. Types: of planulata from Sitka, Alaska in the Berlin Museum; of placida a cotype (no. 8311) from Kenai Peninsula, Alaska is in the M.C.Z. (Leconte coll.) and cotypes are presumably in the Zool. Mus. at Helsingfors. Elongate, rufous to piceous usually rufo-piceous, when pale the elytra often clouded with a darker color; moderately shining; sparsely covered with pale pubescence. Head sparsely punctulate; antennal segment 3 moderately elongate, 4 and 5 shorter. Prothorax with width to length as 1.4 to 1, apex feebly emarginate, slightly narrower at apex than at base, sides very feebly arcuate, more or less feebly narrowing and more or less feebly sinuate before the rectangular hind angles, base truncate, margin very narrowly or moderately explanate and slightly or not at all reflexed, surface densely punctate, finely alutaceous. Elytra conjointly with width to length as 1 to 1.4, each elytral apex broadly rounded, margin very narrowly reflexed, surface slightly more coarsely punctate than the pronotum. Length 2.5-3 mm. It is not easy to separate planulata from truncatella, but the former has differently formed antennae; the pronotum is more depressed, its sides less arcuate and sinuate posteriorly, its margins less explanate. In Leng's Catalogue boreella Zetterst. is given as possibly the same as planulata. In the writer's collection is a series from Europe which show boreella to be more closely related to truncatella, from which it differs in the sides of the pronotum being more arcuate, more sinuate, etc. This species occurs (May-July) from Alaska (Kenai Peninsula, Sitka) through British Columbia (Terrace), Alberta (Edmonton), to Quebec (Montreal), south to Washington, Nevada, Colorado (Ouray, 8000 ft.), and in the east to North Carolina (Toxaway Lake). 20. Epuraea ornatula Notman Epuraea ornatula Notman, 1919, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 27, 102. Type: from Cochrane, Ontario (August 22-30) in the collection of Howard Notman. parsons: a revision of nearctic nitidulidae 201 Oblong, slightly elongate, rather convex, rufo-testaceous. Pro- thorax one-half wider than long, narrowed in front, sides moderately arcuate from apex to one-third from the base, thence obliquely nar- rowed to the posterior angles which are obtuse, distinct, but finely rounded. Pronotal margins widely explanate, narrowly, strongly renexed. Third antennal segment twice as long as wide, one-third longer than fourth, fourth and fifth equal, six-eight shorter. Elytra twice the length of the prothorax. Intercoxal process narrow and triangularly acute. Male middle tibiae faintly sinuate on inner edge and strongly dilated at tip. Length 2.25, width 1 mm. Since the type of ornatula was not seen, the exact identity of this species is a question. Notman compares it with boreclla (evidently meaning planulata) but says that ornatula is smaller, differently formed and colored. In the writer's collection is a series from North Elba, New York which agree with Notman 's description except for being rufo-piceous and the antennae somewhat intermediate. This species is known definitely only from Cochrane, Ontario and possibly from North Elba, Essex co., N. Y. (Oct.). 21. Epuraea alternans Grouvelle Epuraea alticola Fall. 1907, (nee Sharp) Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 33, 223. Epuraea alternans Grouv., 1912 (1913), Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 81, 394. Type: from 11,000 ft., Las Vegas Range, New Mexico in the M.C.Z. (Fall coll.). Broadly obtusely oval, testaceous, moderately shining, sparsely covered with fine, yellow pubescence. Head moderately sparsely punctate. Prothorax with width to length as 1.7 to 1, apex strongly emarginate, base feebly bisinuate, sides moderately arcuate, the pos- terior third narrowed and very slightly sinuate before the subrec- tangular hind angles, margins moderately explanate and slightly re- flexed, surface sparsely punctate and finely granular. Elytra con- jointly with width to length as 1 to 1.1, convex, margins narrowly reflexed, apices rather distinctly truncate, surface more coarsely and densely punctate than the elytra. First ventral segment with two longitudinal lines of